1 /* Perform various loop optimizations, including strength reduction.
2 Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997,
3 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU CC.
7 GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* This is the loop optimization pass of the compiler.
23 It finds invariant computations within loops and moves them
24 to the beginning of the loop. Then it identifies basic and
25 general induction variables. Strength reduction is applied to the general
26 induction variables, and induction variable elimination is applied to
27 the basic induction variables.
29 It also finds cases where
30 a register is set within the loop by zero-extending a narrower value
31 and changes these to zero the entire register once before the loop
32 and merely copy the low part within the loop.
34 Most of the complexity is in heuristics to decide when it is worth
35 while to do these things. */
44 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
45 #include "basic-block.h"
46 #include "insn-config.h"
57 #define LOOP_REG_LIFETIME(LOOP, REGNO) \
58 ((REGNO_LAST_LUID (REGNO) - REGNO_FIRST_LUID (REGNO)))
60 #define LOOP_REG_GLOBAL_P(LOOP, REGNO) \
61 ((REGNO_LAST_LUID (REGNO) > INSN_LUID ((LOOP)->end) \
62 || REGNO_FIRST_LUID (REGNO) < INSN_LUID ((LOOP)->start)))
65 /* Vector mapping INSN_UIDs to luids.
66 The luids are like uids but increase monotonically always.
67 We use them to see whether a jump comes from outside a given loop. */
71 /* Indexed by INSN_UID, contains the ordinal giving the (innermost) loop
72 number the insn is contained in. */
74 struct loop
**uid_loop
;
76 /* 1 + largest uid of any insn. */
80 /* 1 + luid of last insn. */
84 /* Number of loops detected in current function. Used as index to the
87 static int max_loop_num
;
89 /* Bound on pseudo register number before loop optimization.
90 A pseudo has valid regscan info if its number is < max_reg_before_loop. */
91 unsigned int max_reg_before_loop
;
93 /* The value to pass to the next call of reg_scan_update. */
94 static int loop_max_reg
;
96 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
97 #define obstack_chunk_free free
99 /* During the analysis of a loop, a chain of `struct movable's
100 is made to record all the movable insns found.
101 Then the entire chain can be scanned to decide which to move. */
105 rtx insn
; /* A movable insn */
106 rtx set_src
; /* The expression this reg is set from. */
107 rtx set_dest
; /* The destination of this SET. */
108 rtx dependencies
; /* When INSN is libcall, this is an EXPR_LIST
109 of any registers used within the LIBCALL. */
110 int consec
; /* Number of consecutive following insns
111 that must be moved with this one. */
112 unsigned int regno
; /* The register it sets */
113 short lifetime
; /* lifetime of that register;
114 may be adjusted when matching movables
115 that load the same value are found. */
116 short savings
; /* Number of insns we can move for this reg,
117 including other movables that force this
118 or match this one. */
119 unsigned int cond
: 1; /* 1 if only conditionally movable */
120 unsigned int force
: 1; /* 1 means MUST move this insn */
121 unsigned int global
: 1; /* 1 means reg is live outside this loop */
122 /* If PARTIAL is 1, GLOBAL means something different:
123 that the reg is live outside the range from where it is set
124 to the following label. */
125 unsigned int done
: 1; /* 1 inhibits further processing of this */
127 unsigned int partial
: 1; /* 1 means this reg is used for zero-extending.
128 In particular, moving it does not make it
130 unsigned int move_insn
: 1; /* 1 means that we call emit_move_insn to
131 load SRC, rather than copying INSN. */
132 unsigned int move_insn_first
:1;/* Same as above, if this is necessary for the
133 first insn of a consecutive sets group. */
134 unsigned int is_equiv
: 1; /* 1 means a REG_EQUIV is present on INSN. */
135 enum machine_mode savemode
; /* Nonzero means it is a mode for a low part
136 that we should avoid changing when clearing
137 the rest of the reg. */
138 struct movable
*match
; /* First entry for same value */
139 struct movable
*forces
; /* An insn that must be moved if this is */
140 struct movable
*next
;
144 FILE *loop_dump_stream
;
146 /* Forward declarations. */
148 static void find_and_verify_loops
PARAMS ((rtx
, struct loops
*));
149 static void mark_loop_jump
PARAMS ((rtx
, struct loop
*));
150 static void prescan_loop
PARAMS ((struct loop
*));
151 static int reg_in_basic_block_p
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
152 static int consec_sets_invariant_p
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*,
154 static int labels_in_range_p
PARAMS ((rtx
, int));
155 static void count_one_set
PARAMS ((struct loop_regs
*, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
*));
156 static void note_addr_stored
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
, void *));
157 static void note_set_pseudo_multiple_uses
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
, void *));
158 static int loop_reg_used_before_p
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, rtx
, rtx
));
159 static void scan_loop
PARAMS ((struct loop
*, int));
161 static void replace_call_address
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
, rtx
));
163 static rtx skip_consec_insns
PARAMS ((rtx
, int));
164 static int libcall_benefit
PARAMS ((rtx
));
165 static void ignore_some_movables
PARAMS ((struct loop_movables
*));
166 static void force_movables
PARAMS ((struct loop_movables
*));
167 static void combine_movables
PARAMS ((struct loop_movables
*,
168 struct loop_regs
*));
169 static int num_unmoved_movables
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*));
170 static int regs_match_p
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
, struct loop_movables
*));
171 static int rtx_equal_for_loop_p
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
, struct loop_movables
*,
172 struct loop_regs
*));
173 static void add_label_notes
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
174 static void move_movables
PARAMS ((struct loop
*loop
, struct loop_movables
*,
176 static void loop_movables_add
PARAMS((struct loop_movables
*,
178 static void loop_movables_free
PARAMS((struct loop_movables
*));
179 static int count_nonfixed_reads
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, rtx
));
180 static void loop_bivs_find
PARAMS((struct loop
*));
181 static void loop_bivs_init_find
PARAMS((struct loop
*));
182 static void loop_bivs_check
PARAMS((struct loop
*));
183 static void loop_givs_find
PARAMS((struct loop
*));
184 static void loop_givs_check
PARAMS((struct loop
*));
185 static int loop_biv_eliminable_p
PARAMS((struct loop
*, struct iv_class
*,
187 static int loop_giv_reduce_benefit
PARAMS((struct loop
*, struct iv_class
*,
188 struct induction
*, rtx
));
189 static void loop_givs_dead_check
PARAMS((struct loop
*, struct iv_class
*));
190 static void loop_givs_reduce
PARAMS((struct loop
*, struct iv_class
*));
191 static void loop_givs_rescan
PARAMS((struct loop
*, struct iv_class
*,
193 static void loop_ivs_free
PARAMS((struct loop
*));
194 static void strength_reduce
PARAMS ((struct loop
*, int));
195 static void find_single_use_in_loop
PARAMS ((struct loop_regs
*, rtx
, rtx
));
196 static int valid_initial_value_p
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
, int, rtx
));
197 static void find_mem_givs
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, rtx
, rtx
, int, int));
198 static void record_biv
PARAMS ((struct loop
*, struct induction
*,
199 rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
*,
201 static void check_final_value
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*,
202 struct induction
*));
203 static void loop_ivs_dump
PARAMS((const struct loop
*, FILE *, int));
204 static void loop_iv_class_dump
PARAMS((const struct iv_class
*, FILE *, int));
205 static void loop_biv_dump
PARAMS((const struct induction
*, FILE *, int));
206 static void loop_giv_dump
PARAMS((const struct induction
*, FILE *, int));
207 static void record_giv
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, struct induction
*,
208 rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, int,
209 enum g_types
, int, int, rtx
*));
210 static void update_giv_derive
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, rtx
));
211 static void check_ext_dependant_givs
PARAMS ((struct iv_class
*,
212 struct loop_info
*));
213 static int basic_induction_var
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, rtx
,
214 enum machine_mode
, rtx
, rtx
,
215 rtx
*, rtx
*, rtx
**));
216 static rtx simplify_giv_expr
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, rtx
, rtx
*, int *));
217 static int general_induction_var
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*loop
, rtx
, rtx
*,
218 rtx
*, rtx
*, rtx
*, int, int *,
220 static int consec_sets_giv
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, int, rtx
,
221 rtx
, rtx
, rtx
*, rtx
*, rtx
*, rtx
*));
222 static int check_dbra_loop
PARAMS ((struct loop
*, int));
223 static rtx express_from_1
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
, rtx
));
224 static rtx combine_givs_p
PARAMS ((struct induction
*, struct induction
*));
225 static int cmp_combine_givs_stats
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
226 static void combine_givs
PARAMS ((struct loop_regs
*, struct iv_class
*));
227 static int product_cheap_p
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
228 static int maybe_eliminate_biv
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, struct iv_class
*,
230 static int maybe_eliminate_biv_1
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, rtx
, rtx
,
231 struct iv_class
*, int,
233 static int last_use_this_basic_block
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
234 static void record_initial
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
, void *));
235 static void update_reg_last_use
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
236 static rtx next_insn_in_loop
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, rtx
));
237 static void loop_regs_scan
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, int));
238 static int count_insns_in_loop
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*));
239 static void load_mems
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*));
240 static int insert_loop_mem
PARAMS ((rtx
*, void *));
241 static int replace_loop_mem
PARAMS ((rtx
*, void *));
242 static void replace_loop_mems
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
, rtx
));
243 static int replace_loop_reg
PARAMS ((rtx
*, void *));
244 static void replace_loop_regs
PARAMS ((rtx insn
, rtx
, rtx
));
245 static void note_reg_stored
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
, void *));
246 static void try_copy_prop
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, rtx
, unsigned int));
247 static void try_swap_copy_prop
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, rtx
,
249 static int replace_label
PARAMS ((rtx
*, void *));
250 static rtx check_insn_for_givs
PARAMS((struct loop
*, rtx
, int, int));
251 static rtx check_insn_for_bivs
PARAMS((struct loop
*, rtx
, int, int));
252 static rtx gen_add_mult
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
));
253 static void loop_regs_update
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, rtx
));
254 static int iv_add_mult_cost
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
));
256 static rtx loop_insn_emit_after
PARAMS((const struct loop
*, basic_block
,
258 static rtx loop_call_insn_emit_before
PARAMS((const struct loop
*,
259 basic_block
, rtx
, rtx
));
260 static rtx loop_call_insn_hoist
PARAMS((const struct loop
*, rtx
));
261 static rtx loop_insn_sink_or_swim
PARAMS((const struct loop
*, rtx
));
263 static void loop_dump_aux
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*, FILE *, int));
264 static void loop_delete_insns
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
265 void debug_ivs
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*));
266 void debug_iv_class
PARAMS ((const struct iv_class
*));
267 void debug_biv
PARAMS ((const struct induction
*));
268 void debug_giv
PARAMS ((const struct induction
*));
269 void debug_loop
PARAMS ((const struct loop
*));
270 void debug_loops
PARAMS ((const struct loops
*));
272 typedef struct rtx_pair
278 typedef struct loop_replace_args
285 /* Nonzero iff INSN is between START and END, inclusive. */
286 #define INSN_IN_RANGE_P(INSN, START, END) \
287 (INSN_UID (INSN) < max_uid_for_loop \
288 && INSN_LUID (INSN) >= INSN_LUID (START) \
289 && INSN_LUID (INSN) <= INSN_LUID (END))
291 /* Indirect_jump_in_function is computed once per function. */
292 static int indirect_jump_in_function
;
293 static int indirect_jump_in_function_p
PARAMS ((rtx
));
295 static int compute_luids
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
, int));
297 static int biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset
PARAMS ((struct induction
*,
301 /* Benefit penalty, if a giv is not replaceable, i.e. must emit an insn to
302 copy the value of the strength reduced giv to its original register. */
303 static int copy_cost
;
305 /* Cost of using a register, to normalize the benefits of a giv. */
306 static int reg_address_cost
;
311 rtx reg
= gen_rtx_REG (word_mode
, LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
+ 1);
313 reg_address_cost
= address_cost (reg
, SImode
);
315 copy_cost
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
318 /* Compute the mapping from uids to luids.
319 LUIDs are numbers assigned to insns, like uids,
320 except that luids increase monotonically through the code.
321 Start at insn START and stop just before END. Assign LUIDs
322 starting with PREV_LUID + 1. Return the last assigned LUID + 1. */
324 compute_luids (start
, end
, prev_luid
)
331 for (insn
= start
, i
= prev_luid
; insn
!= end
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
333 if (INSN_UID (insn
) >= max_uid_for_loop
)
335 /* Don't assign luids to line-number NOTEs, so that the distance in
336 luids between two insns is not affected by -g. */
337 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != NOTE
338 || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) <= 0)
339 uid_luid
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = ++i
;
341 /* Give a line number note the same luid as preceding insn. */
342 uid_luid
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = i
;
347 /* Entry point of this file. Perform loop optimization
348 on the current function. F is the first insn of the function
349 and DUMPFILE is a stream for output of a trace of actions taken
350 (or 0 if none should be output). */
353 loop_optimize (f
, dumpfile
, flags
)
354 /* f is the first instruction of a chain of insns for one function */
361 struct loops loops_data
;
362 struct loops
*loops
= &loops_data
;
363 struct loop_info
*loops_info
;
365 loop_dump_stream
= dumpfile
;
367 init_recog_no_volatile ();
369 max_reg_before_loop
= max_reg_num ();
370 loop_max_reg
= max_reg_before_loop
;
374 /* Count the number of loops. */
377 for (insn
= f
; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
379 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
380 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
)
384 /* Don't waste time if no loops. */
385 if (max_loop_num
== 0)
388 loops
->num
= max_loop_num
;
390 /* Get size to use for tables indexed by uids.
391 Leave some space for labels allocated by find_and_verify_loops. */
392 max_uid_for_loop
= get_max_uid () + 1 + max_loop_num
* 32;
394 uid_luid
= (int *) xcalloc (max_uid_for_loop
, sizeof (int));
395 uid_loop
= (struct loop
**) xcalloc (max_uid_for_loop
,
396 sizeof (struct loop
*));
398 /* Allocate storage for array of loops. */
399 loops
->array
= (struct loop
*)
400 xcalloc (loops
->num
, sizeof (struct loop
));
402 /* Find and process each loop.
403 First, find them, and record them in order of their beginnings. */
404 find_and_verify_loops (f
, loops
);
406 /* Allocate and initialize auxiliary loop information. */
407 loops_info
= xcalloc (loops
->num
, sizeof (struct loop_info
));
408 for (i
= 0; i
< loops
->num
; i
++)
409 loops
->array
[i
].aux
= loops_info
+ i
;
411 /* Now find all register lifetimes. This must be done after
412 find_and_verify_loops, because it might reorder the insns in the
414 reg_scan (f
, max_reg_before_loop
, 1);
416 /* This must occur after reg_scan so that registers created by gcse
417 will have entries in the register tables.
419 We could have added a call to reg_scan after gcse_main in toplev.c,
420 but moving this call to init_alias_analysis is more efficient. */
421 init_alias_analysis ();
423 /* See if we went too far. Note that get_max_uid already returns
424 one more that the maximum uid of all insn. */
425 if (get_max_uid () > max_uid_for_loop
)
427 /* Now reset it to the actual size we need. See above. */
428 max_uid_for_loop
= get_max_uid ();
430 /* find_and_verify_loops has already called compute_luids, but it
431 might have rearranged code afterwards, so we need to recompute
433 max_luid
= compute_luids (f
, NULL_RTX
, 0);
435 /* Don't leave gaps in uid_luid for insns that have been
436 deleted. It is possible that the first or last insn
437 using some register has been deleted by cross-jumping.
438 Make sure that uid_luid for that former insn's uid
439 points to the general area where that insn used to be. */
440 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid_for_loop
; i
++)
442 uid_luid
[0] = uid_luid
[i
];
443 if (uid_luid
[0] != 0)
446 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid_for_loop
; i
++)
447 if (uid_luid
[i
] == 0)
448 uid_luid
[i
] = uid_luid
[i
- 1];
450 /* Determine if the function has indirect jump. On some systems
451 this prevents low overhead loop instructions from being used. */
452 indirect_jump_in_function
= indirect_jump_in_function_p (f
);
454 /* Now scan the loops, last ones first, since this means inner ones are done
455 before outer ones. */
456 for (i
= max_loop_num
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
458 struct loop
*loop
= &loops
->array
[i
];
460 if (! loop
->invalid
&& loop
->end
)
461 scan_loop (loop
, flags
);
464 /* If there were lexical blocks inside the loop, they have been
465 replicated. We will now have more than one NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEG
466 and NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_END for each such block. We must duplicate
467 the BLOCKs as well. */
468 if (write_symbols
!= NO_DEBUG
)
471 end_alias_analysis ();
480 /* Returns the next insn, in execution order, after INSN. START and
481 END are the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG and NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END for the loop,
482 respectively. LOOP->TOP, if non-NULL, is the top of the loop in the
483 insn-stream; it is used with loops that are entered near the
487 next_insn_in_loop (loop
, insn
)
488 const struct loop
*loop
;
491 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
493 if (insn
== loop
->end
)
496 /* Go to the top of the loop, and continue there. */
503 if (insn
== loop
->scan_start
)
510 /* Optimize one loop described by LOOP. */
512 /* ??? Could also move memory writes out of loops if the destination address
513 is invariant, the source is invariant, the memory write is not volatile,
514 and if we can prove that no read inside the loop can read this address
515 before the write occurs. If there is a read of this address after the
516 write, then we can also mark the memory read as invariant. */
519 scan_loop (loop
, flags
)
523 struct loop_info
*loop_info
= LOOP_INFO (loop
);
524 struct loop_regs
*regs
= LOOP_REGS (loop
);
526 rtx loop_start
= loop
->start
;
527 rtx loop_end
= loop
->end
;
529 /* 1 if we are scanning insns that could be executed zero times. */
531 /* 1 if we are scanning insns that might never be executed
532 due to a subroutine call which might exit before they are reached. */
534 /* Jump insn that enters the loop, or 0 if control drops in. */
535 rtx loop_entry_jump
= 0;
536 /* Number of insns in the loop. */
539 rtx temp
, update_start
, update_end
;
540 /* The SET from an insn, if it is the only SET in the insn. */
542 /* Chain describing insns movable in current loop. */
543 struct loop_movables
*movables
= LOOP_MOVABLES (loop
);
544 /* Ratio of extra register life span we can justify
545 for saving an instruction. More if loop doesn't call subroutines
546 since in that case saving an insn makes more difference
547 and more registers are available. */
549 /* Nonzero if we are scanning instructions in a sub-loop. */
557 /* Determine whether this loop starts with a jump down to a test at
558 the end. This will occur for a small number of loops with a test
559 that is too complex to duplicate in front of the loop.
561 We search for the first insn or label in the loop, skipping NOTEs.
562 However, we must be careful not to skip past a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
563 (because we might have a loop executed only once that contains a
564 loop which starts with a jump to its exit test) or a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END
565 (in case we have a degenerate loop).
567 Note that if we mistakenly think that a loop is entered at the top
568 when, in fact, it is entered at the exit test, the only effect will be
569 slightly poorer optimization. Making the opposite error can generate
570 incorrect code. Since very few loops now start with a jump to the
571 exit test, the code here to detect that case is very conservative. */
573 for (p
= NEXT_INSN (loop_start
);
575 && GET_CODE (p
) != CODE_LABEL
&& ! INSN_P (p
)
576 && (GET_CODE (p
) != NOTE
577 || (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p
) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
578 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p
) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END
));
582 loop
->scan_start
= p
;
584 /* If loop end is the end of the current function, then emit a
585 NOTE_INSN_DELETED after loop_end and set loop->sink to the dummy
586 note insn. This is the position we use when sinking insns out of
588 if (NEXT_INSN (loop
->end
) != 0)
589 loop
->sink
= NEXT_INSN (loop
->end
);
591 loop
->sink
= emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_DELETED
, loop
->end
);
593 /* Set up variables describing this loop. */
595 threshold
= (loop_info
->has_call
? 1 : 2) * (1 + n_non_fixed_regs
);
597 /* If loop has a jump before the first label,
598 the true entry is the target of that jump.
599 Start scan from there.
600 But record in LOOP->TOP the place where the end-test jumps
601 back to so we can scan that after the end of the loop. */
602 if (GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
)
606 /* Loop entry must be unconditional jump (and not a RETURN) */
607 if (any_uncondjump_p (p
)
608 && JUMP_LABEL (p
) != 0
609 /* Check to see whether the jump actually
610 jumps out of the loop (meaning it's no loop).
611 This case can happen for things like
612 do {..} while (0). If this label was generated previously
613 by loop, we can't tell anything about it and have to reject
615 && INSN_IN_RANGE_P (JUMP_LABEL (p
), loop_start
, loop_end
))
617 loop
->top
= next_label (loop
->scan_start
);
618 loop
->scan_start
= JUMP_LABEL (p
);
622 /* If LOOP->SCAN_START was an insn created by loop, we don't know its luid
623 as required by loop_reg_used_before_p. So skip such loops. (This
624 test may never be true, but it's best to play it safe.)
626 Also, skip loops where we do not start scanning at a label. This
627 test also rejects loops starting with a JUMP_INSN that failed the
630 if (INSN_UID (loop
->scan_start
) >= max_uid_for_loop
631 || GET_CODE (loop
->scan_start
) != CODE_LABEL
)
633 if (loop_dump_stream
)
634 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "\nLoop from %d to %d is phony.\n\n",
635 INSN_UID (loop_start
), INSN_UID (loop_end
));
639 /* Allocate extra space for REGs that might be created by load_mems.
640 We allocate a little extra slop as well, in the hopes that we
641 won't have to reallocate the regs array. */
642 loop_regs_scan (loop
, loop_info
->mems_idx
+ 16);
643 insn_count
= count_insns_in_loop (loop
);
645 if (loop_dump_stream
)
647 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "\nLoop from %d to %d: %d real insns.\n",
648 INSN_UID (loop_start
), INSN_UID (loop_end
), insn_count
);
650 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "Continue at insn %d.\n",
651 INSN_UID (loop
->cont
));
654 /* Scan through the loop finding insns that are safe to move.
655 Set REGS->ARRAY[I].SET_IN_LOOP negative for the reg I being set, so that
656 this reg will be considered invariant for subsequent insns.
657 We consider whether subsequent insns use the reg
658 in deciding whether it is worth actually moving.
660 MAYBE_NEVER is nonzero if we have passed a conditional jump insn
661 and therefore it is possible that the insns we are scanning
662 would never be executed. At such times, we must make sure
663 that it is safe to execute the insn once instead of zero times.
664 When MAYBE_NEVER is 0, all insns will be executed at least once
665 so that is not a problem. */
667 for (p
= next_insn_in_loop (loop
, loop
->scan_start
);
669 p
= next_insn_in_loop (loop
, p
))
671 if (GET_CODE (p
) == INSN
672 && (set
= single_set (p
))
673 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
674 && ! regs
->array
[REGNO (SET_DEST (set
))].may_not_optimize
)
679 rtx src
= SET_SRC (set
);
680 rtx dependencies
= 0;
682 /* Figure out what to use as a source of this insn. If a REG_EQUIV
683 note is given or if a REG_EQUAL note with a constant operand is
684 specified, use it as the source and mark that we should move
685 this insn by calling emit_move_insn rather that duplicating the
688 Otherwise, only use the REG_EQUAL contents if a REG_RETVAL note
690 temp
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_EQUIV
, NULL_RTX
);
692 src
= XEXP (temp
, 0), move_insn
= 1;
695 temp
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_EQUAL
, NULL_RTX
);
696 if (temp
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp
, 0)))
697 src
= XEXP (temp
, 0), move_insn
= 1;
698 if (temp
&& find_reg_note (p
, REG_RETVAL
, NULL_RTX
))
700 src
= XEXP (temp
, 0);
701 /* A libcall block can use regs that don't appear in
702 the equivalent expression. To move the libcall,
703 we must move those regs too. */
704 dependencies
= libcall_other_reg (p
, src
);
708 /* Don't try to optimize a register that was made
709 by loop-optimization for an inner loop.
710 We don't know its life-span, so we can't compute the benefit. */
711 if (REGNO (SET_DEST (set
)) >= max_reg_before_loop
)
713 else if (/* The register is used in basic blocks other
714 than the one where it is set (meaning that
715 something after this point in the loop might
716 depend on its value before the set). */
717 ! reg_in_basic_block_p (p
, SET_DEST (set
))
718 /* And the set is not guaranteed to be executed one
719 the loop starts, or the value before the set is
720 needed before the set occurs...
722 ??? Note we have quadratic behaviour here, mitigated
723 by the fact that the previous test will often fail for
724 large loops. Rather than re-scanning the entire loop
725 each time for register usage, we should build tables
726 of the register usage and use them here instead. */
728 || loop_reg_used_before_p (loop
, set
, p
)))
729 /* It is unsafe to move the set.
731 This code used to consider it OK to move a set of a variable
732 which was not created by the user and not used in an exit test.
733 That behavior is incorrect and was removed. */
735 else if ((tem
= loop_invariant_p (loop
, src
))
736 && (dependencies
== 0
737 || (tem2
= loop_invariant_p (loop
, dependencies
)) != 0)
738 && (regs
->array
[REGNO (SET_DEST (set
))].set_in_loop
== 1
740 = consec_sets_invariant_p
741 (loop
, SET_DEST (set
),
742 regs
->array
[REGNO (SET_DEST (set
))].set_in_loop
,
744 /* If the insn can cause a trap (such as divide by zero),
745 can't move it unless it's guaranteed to be executed
746 once loop is entered. Even a function call might
747 prevent the trap insn from being reached
748 (since it might exit!) */
749 && ! ((maybe_never
|| call_passed
)
750 && may_trap_p (src
)))
752 register struct movable
*m
;
753 register int regno
= REGNO (SET_DEST (set
));
755 /* A potential lossage is where we have a case where two insns
756 can be combined as long as they are both in the loop, but
757 we move one of them outside the loop. For large loops,
758 this can lose. The most common case of this is the address
759 of a function being called.
761 Therefore, if this register is marked as being used exactly
762 once if we are in a loop with calls (a "large loop"), see if
763 we can replace the usage of this register with the source
764 of this SET. If we can, delete this insn.
766 Don't do this if P has a REG_RETVAL note or if we have
767 SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and SET_SRC is a hard register. */
769 if (loop_info
->has_call
770 && regs
->array
[regno
].single_usage
!= 0
771 && regs
->array
[regno
].single_usage
!= const0_rtx
772 && REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno
) == INSN_UID (p
)
773 && (REGNO_LAST_UID (regno
)
774 == INSN_UID (regs
->array
[regno
].single_usage
))
775 && regs
->array
[regno
].set_in_loop
== 1
776 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set
)) != ASM_OPERANDS
777 && ! side_effects_p (SET_SRC (set
))
778 && ! find_reg_note (p
, REG_RETVAL
, NULL_RTX
)
779 && (! SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
780 || (! (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set
)) == REG
781 && REGNO (SET_SRC (set
)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)))
782 /* This test is not redundant; SET_SRC (set) might be
783 a call-clobbered register and the life of REGNO
784 might span a call. */
785 && ! modified_between_p (SET_SRC (set
), p
,
786 regs
->array
[regno
].single_usage
)
787 && no_labels_between_p (p
, regs
->array
[regno
].single_usage
)
788 && validate_replace_rtx (SET_DEST (set
), SET_SRC (set
),
789 regs
->array
[regno
].single_usage
))
791 /* Replace any usage in a REG_EQUAL note. Must copy the
792 new source, so that we don't get rtx sharing between the
793 SET_SOURCE and REG_NOTES of insn p. */
794 REG_NOTES (regs
->array
[regno
].single_usage
)
795 = replace_rtx (REG_NOTES (regs
->array
[regno
].single_usage
),
796 SET_DEST (set
), copy_rtx (SET_SRC (set
)));
799 NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p
) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED
;
800 NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (p
) = 0;
801 regs
->array
[regno
].set_in_loop
= 0;
805 m
= (struct movable
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct movable
));
809 m
->dependencies
= dependencies
;
810 m
->set_dest
= SET_DEST (set
);
812 m
->consec
= regs
->array
[REGNO (SET_DEST (set
))].set_in_loop
- 1;
816 m
->move_insn
= move_insn
;
817 m
->move_insn_first
= 0;
818 m
->is_equiv
= (find_reg_note (p
, REG_EQUIV
, NULL_RTX
) != 0);
819 m
->savemode
= VOIDmode
;
821 /* Set M->cond if either loop_invariant_p
822 or consec_sets_invariant_p returned 2
823 (only conditionally invariant). */
824 m
->cond
= ((tem
| tem1
| tem2
) > 1);
825 m
->global
= LOOP_REG_GLOBAL_P (loop
, regno
);
827 m
->lifetime
= LOOP_REG_LIFETIME (loop
, regno
);
828 m
->savings
= regs
->array
[regno
].n_times_set
;
829 if (find_reg_note (p
, REG_RETVAL
, NULL_RTX
))
830 m
->savings
+= libcall_benefit (p
);
831 regs
->array
[regno
].set_in_loop
= move_insn
? -2 : -1;
832 /* Add M to the end of the chain MOVABLES. */
833 loop_movables_add (movables
, m
);
837 /* It is possible for the first instruction to have a
838 REG_EQUAL note but a non-invariant SET_SRC, so we must
839 remember the status of the first instruction in case
840 the last instruction doesn't have a REG_EQUAL note. */
841 m
->move_insn_first
= m
->move_insn
;
843 /* Skip this insn, not checking REG_LIBCALL notes. */
844 p
= next_nonnote_insn (p
);
845 /* Skip the consecutive insns, if there are any. */
846 p
= skip_consec_insns (p
, m
->consec
);
847 /* Back up to the last insn of the consecutive group. */
848 p
= prev_nonnote_insn (p
);
850 /* We must now reset m->move_insn, m->is_equiv, and possibly
851 m->set_src to correspond to the effects of all the
853 temp
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_EQUIV
, NULL_RTX
);
855 m
->set_src
= XEXP (temp
, 0), m
->move_insn
= 1;
858 temp
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_EQUAL
, NULL_RTX
);
859 if (temp
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp
, 0)))
860 m
->set_src
= XEXP (temp
, 0), m
->move_insn
= 1;
865 m
->is_equiv
= (find_reg_note (p
, REG_EQUIV
, NULL_RTX
) != 0);
868 /* If this register is always set within a STRICT_LOW_PART
869 or set to zero, then its high bytes are constant.
870 So clear them outside the loop and within the loop
871 just load the low bytes.
872 We must check that the machine has an instruction to do so.
873 Also, if the value loaded into the register
874 depends on the same register, this cannot be done. */
875 else if (SET_SRC (set
) == const0_rtx
876 && GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (p
)) == INSN
877 && (set1
= single_set (NEXT_INSN (p
)))
878 && GET_CODE (set1
) == SET
879 && (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set1
)) == STRICT_LOW_PART
)
880 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (set1
), 0)) == SUBREG
)
881 && (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (SET_DEST (set1
), 0))
883 && !reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (set
), SET_SRC (set1
)))
885 register int regno
= REGNO (SET_DEST (set
));
886 if (regs
->array
[regno
].set_in_loop
== 2)
888 register struct movable
*m
;
889 m
= (struct movable
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct movable
));
892 m
->set_dest
= SET_DEST (set
);
899 m
->move_insn_first
= 0;
901 /* If the insn may not be executed on some cycles,
902 we can't clear the whole reg; clear just high part.
903 Not even if the reg is used only within this loop.
910 Clearing x before the inner loop could clobber a value
911 being saved from the last time around the outer loop.
912 However, if the reg is not used outside this loop
913 and all uses of the register are in the same
914 basic block as the store, there is no problem.
916 If this insn was made by loop, we don't know its
917 INSN_LUID and hence must make a conservative
919 m
->global
= (INSN_UID (p
) >= max_uid_for_loop
920 || LOOP_REG_GLOBAL_P (loop
, regno
)
921 || (labels_in_range_p
922 (p
, REGNO_FIRST_LUID (regno
))));
923 if (maybe_never
&& m
->global
)
924 m
->savemode
= GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set1
));
926 m
->savemode
= VOIDmode
;
930 m
->lifetime
= LOOP_REG_LIFETIME (loop
, regno
);
932 regs
->array
[regno
].set_in_loop
= -1;
933 /* Add M to the end of the chain MOVABLES. */
934 loop_movables_add (movables
, m
);
938 /* Past a call insn, we get to insns which might not be executed
939 because the call might exit. This matters for insns that trap.
940 Constant and pure call insns always return, so they don't count. */
941 else if (GET_CODE (p
) == CALL_INSN
&& ! CONST_CALL_P (p
))
943 /* Past a label or a jump, we get to insns for which we
944 can't count on whether or how many times they will be
945 executed during each iteration. Therefore, we can
946 only move out sets of trivial variables
947 (those not used after the loop). */
948 /* Similar code appears twice in strength_reduce. */
949 else if ((GET_CODE (p
) == CODE_LABEL
|| GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
)
950 /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around to the
951 beginning, don't set maybe_never for that. This must be an
952 unconditional jump, otherwise the code at the top of the
953 loop might never be executed. Unconditional jumps are
954 followed a by barrier then loop end. */
955 && ! (GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
&& JUMP_LABEL (p
) == loop
->top
956 && NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p
)) == loop_end
957 && any_uncondjump_p (p
)))
959 else if (GET_CODE (p
) == NOTE
)
961 /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
962 be executed: logically, the loop begins here even though the exit
963 code has been duplicated. */
964 if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p
) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP
&& loop_depth
== 0)
965 maybe_never
= call_passed
= 0;
966 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p
) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
)
968 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p
) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END
)
973 /* If one movable subsumes another, ignore that other. */
975 ignore_some_movables (movables
);
977 /* For each movable insn, see if the reg that it loads
978 leads when it dies right into another conditionally movable insn.
979 If so, record that the second insn "forces" the first one,
980 since the second can be moved only if the first is. */
982 force_movables (movables
);
984 /* See if there are multiple movable insns that load the same value.
985 If there are, make all but the first point at the first one
986 through the `match' field, and add the priorities of them
987 all together as the priority of the first. */
989 combine_movables (movables
, regs
);
991 /* Now consider each movable insn to decide whether it is worth moving.
992 Store 0 in regs->array[I].set_in_loop for each reg I that is moved.
994 Generally this increases code size, so do not move moveables when
995 optimizing for code size. */
998 move_movables (loop
, movables
, threshold
, insn_count
);
1000 /* Now candidates that still are negative are those not moved.
1001 Change regs->array[I].set_in_loop to indicate that those are not actually
1003 for (i
= 0; i
< regs
->num
; i
++)
1004 if (regs
->array
[i
].set_in_loop
< 0)
1005 regs
->array
[i
].set_in_loop
= regs
->array
[i
].n_times_set
;
1007 /* Now that we've moved some things out of the loop, we might be able to
1008 hoist even more memory references. */
1011 /* Recalculate regs->array if load_mems has created new registers. */
1012 if (max_reg_num () > regs
->num
)
1013 loop_regs_scan (loop
, 0);
1015 for (update_start
= loop_start
;
1016 PREV_INSN (update_start
)
1017 && GET_CODE (PREV_INSN (update_start
)) != CODE_LABEL
;
1018 update_start
= PREV_INSN (update_start
))
1020 update_end
= NEXT_INSN (loop_end
);
1022 reg_scan_update (update_start
, update_end
, loop_max_reg
);
1023 loop_max_reg
= max_reg_num ();
1025 if (flag_strength_reduce
)
1027 if (update_end
&& GET_CODE (update_end
) == CODE_LABEL
)
1028 /* Ensure our label doesn't go away. */
1029 LABEL_NUSES (update_end
)++;
1031 strength_reduce (loop
, flags
);
1033 reg_scan_update (update_start
, update_end
, loop_max_reg
);
1034 loop_max_reg
= max_reg_num ();
1036 if (update_end
&& GET_CODE (update_end
) == CODE_LABEL
1037 && --LABEL_NUSES (update_end
) == 0)
1038 delete_insn (update_end
);
1042 /* The movable information is required for strength reduction. */
1043 loop_movables_free (movables
);
1050 /* Add elements to *OUTPUT to record all the pseudo-regs
1051 mentioned in IN_THIS but not mentioned in NOT_IN_THIS. */
1054 record_excess_regs (in_this
, not_in_this
, output
)
1055 rtx in_this
, not_in_this
;
1062 code
= GET_CODE (in_this
);
1076 if (REGNO (in_this
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1077 && ! reg_mentioned_p (in_this
, not_in_this
))
1078 *output
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, in_this
, *output
);
1085 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
1086 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1093 for (j
= 0; j
< XVECLEN (in_this
, i
); j
++)
1094 record_excess_regs (XVECEXP (in_this
, i
, j
), not_in_this
, output
);
1098 record_excess_regs (XEXP (in_this
, i
), not_in_this
, output
);
1104 /* Check what regs are referred to in the libcall block ending with INSN,
1105 aside from those mentioned in the equivalent value.
1106 If there are none, return 0.
1107 If there are one or more, return an EXPR_LIST containing all of them. */
1110 libcall_other_reg (insn
, equiv
)
1113 rtx note
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_RETVAL
, NULL_RTX
);
1114 rtx p
= XEXP (note
, 0);
1117 /* First, find all the regs used in the libcall block
1118 that are not mentioned as inputs to the result. */
1122 if (GET_CODE (p
) == INSN
|| GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
1123 || GET_CODE (p
) == CALL_INSN
)
1124 record_excess_regs (PATTERN (p
), equiv
, &output
);
1131 /* Return 1 if all uses of REG
1132 are between INSN and the end of the basic block. */
1135 reg_in_basic_block_p (insn
, reg
)
1138 int regno
= REGNO (reg
);
1141 if (REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno
) != INSN_UID (insn
))
1144 /* Search this basic block for the already recorded last use of the reg. */
1145 for (p
= insn
; p
; p
= NEXT_INSN (p
))
1147 switch (GET_CODE (p
))
1154 /* Ordinary insn: if this is the last use, we win. */
1155 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (regno
) == INSN_UID (p
))
1160 /* Jump insn: if this is the last use, we win. */
1161 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (regno
) == INSN_UID (p
))
1163 /* Otherwise, it's the end of the basic block, so we lose. */
1168 /* It's the end of the basic block, so we lose. */
1176 /* The "last use" that was recorded can't be found after the first
1177 use. This can happen when the last use was deleted while
1178 processing an inner loop, this inner loop was then completely
1179 unrolled, and the outer loop is always exited after the inner loop,
1180 so that everything after the first use becomes a single basic block. */
1184 /* Compute the benefit of eliminating the insns in the block whose
1185 last insn is LAST. This may be a group of insns used to compute a
1186 value directly or can contain a library call. */
1189 libcall_benefit (last
)
1195 for (insn
= XEXP (find_reg_note (last
, REG_RETVAL
, NULL_RTX
), 0);
1196 insn
!= last
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1198 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1199 benefit
+= 10; /* Assume at least this many insns in a library
1201 else if (GET_CODE (insn
) == INSN
1202 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) != USE
1203 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) != CLOBBER
)
1210 /* Skip COUNT insns from INSN, counting library calls as 1 insn. */
1213 skip_consec_insns (insn
, count
)
1217 for (; count
> 0; count
--)
1221 /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end. */
1222 /* Do this at start of loop, since INSN is guaranteed to
1224 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != NOTE
1225 && (temp
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_LIBCALL
, NULL_RTX
)))
1226 insn
= XEXP (temp
, 0);
1229 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
1230 while (GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
);
1236 /* Ignore any movable whose insn falls within a libcall
1237 which is part of another movable.
1238 We make use of the fact that the movable for the libcall value
1239 was made later and so appears later on the chain. */
1242 ignore_some_movables (movables
)
1243 struct loop_movables
*movables
;
1245 register struct movable
*m
, *m1
;
1247 for (m
= movables
->head
; m
; m
= m
->next
)
1249 /* Is this a movable for the value of a libcall? */
1250 rtx note
= find_reg_note (m
->insn
, REG_RETVAL
, NULL_RTX
);
1254 /* Check for earlier movables inside that range,
1255 and mark them invalid. We cannot use LUIDs here because
1256 insns created by loop.c for prior loops don't have LUIDs.
1257 Rather than reject all such insns from movables, we just
1258 explicitly check each insn in the libcall (since invariant
1259 libcalls aren't that common). */
1260 for (insn
= XEXP (note
, 0); insn
!= m
->insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1261 for (m1
= movables
->head
; m1
!= m
; m1
= m1
->next
)
1262 if (m1
->insn
== insn
)
1268 /* For each movable insn, see if the reg that it loads
1269 leads when it dies right into another conditionally movable insn.
1270 If so, record that the second insn "forces" the first one,
1271 since the second can be moved only if the first is. */
1274 force_movables (movables
)
1275 struct loop_movables
*movables
;
1277 register struct movable
*m
, *m1
;
1278 for (m1
= movables
->head
; m1
; m1
= m1
->next
)
1279 /* Omit this if moving just the (SET (REG) 0) of a zero-extend. */
1280 if (!m1
->partial
&& !m1
->done
)
1282 int regno
= m1
->regno
;
1283 for (m
= m1
->next
; m
; m
= m
->next
)
1284 /* ??? Could this be a bug? What if CSE caused the
1285 register of M1 to be used after this insn?
1286 Since CSE does not update regno_last_uid,
1287 this insn M->insn might not be where it dies.
1288 But very likely this doesn't matter; what matters is
1289 that M's reg is computed from M1's reg. */
1290 if (INSN_UID (m
->insn
) == REGNO_LAST_UID (regno
)
1293 if (m
!= 0 && m
->set_src
== m1
->set_dest
1294 /* If m->consec, m->set_src isn't valid. */
1298 /* Increase the priority of the moving the first insn
1299 since it permits the second to be moved as well. */
1303 m1
->lifetime
+= m
->lifetime
;
1304 m1
->savings
+= m
->savings
;
1309 /* Find invariant expressions that are equal and can be combined into
1313 combine_movables (movables
, regs
)
1314 struct loop_movables
*movables
;
1315 struct loop_regs
*regs
;
1317 register struct movable
*m
;
1318 char *matched_regs
= (char *) xmalloc (regs
->num
);
1319 enum machine_mode mode
;
1321 /* Regs that are set more than once are not allowed to match
1322 or be matched. I'm no longer sure why not. */
1323 /* Perhaps testing m->consec_sets would be more appropriate here? */
1325 for (m
= movables
->head
; m
; m
= m
->next
)
1326 if (m
->match
== 0 && regs
->array
[m
->regno
].n_times_set
== 1
1329 register struct movable
*m1
;
1330 int regno
= m
->regno
;
1332 memset (matched_regs
, 0, regs
->num
);
1333 matched_regs
[regno
] = 1;
1335 /* We want later insns to match the first one. Don't make the first
1336 one match any later ones. So start this loop at m->next. */
1337 for (m1
= m
->next
; m1
; m1
= m1
->next
)
1338 if (m
!= m1
&& m1
->match
== 0
1339 && regs
->array
[m1
->regno
].n_times_set
== 1
1340 /* A reg used outside the loop mustn't be eliminated. */
1342 /* A reg used for zero-extending mustn't be eliminated. */
1344 && (matched_regs
[m1
->regno
]
1347 /* Can combine regs with different modes loaded from the
1348 same constant only if the modes are the same or
1349 if both are integer modes with M wider or the same
1350 width as M1. The check for integer is redundant, but
1351 safe, since the only case of differing destination
1352 modes with equal sources is when both sources are
1353 VOIDmode, i.e., CONST_INT. */
1354 (GET_MODE (m
->set_dest
) == GET_MODE (m1
->set_dest
)
1355 || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m
->set_dest
)) == MODE_INT
1356 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m1
->set_dest
)) == MODE_INT
1357 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m
->set_dest
))
1358 >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m1
->set_dest
)))))
1359 /* See if the source of M1 says it matches M. */
1360 && ((GET_CODE (m1
->set_src
) == REG
1361 && matched_regs
[REGNO (m1
->set_src
)])
1362 || rtx_equal_for_loop_p (m
->set_src
, m1
->set_src
,
1364 && ((m
->dependencies
== m1
->dependencies
)
1365 || rtx_equal_p (m
->dependencies
, m1
->dependencies
)))
1367 m
->lifetime
+= m1
->lifetime
;
1368 m
->savings
+= m1
->savings
;
1371 matched_regs
[m1
->regno
] = 1;
1375 /* Now combine the regs used for zero-extension.
1376 This can be done for those not marked `global'
1377 provided their lives don't overlap. */
1379 for (mode
= GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT
); mode
!= VOIDmode
;
1380 mode
= GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode
))
1382 register struct movable
*m0
= 0;
1384 /* Combine all the registers for extension from mode MODE.
1385 Don't combine any that are used outside this loop. */
1386 for (m
= movables
->head
; m
; m
= m
->next
)
1387 if (m
->partial
&& ! m
->global
1388 && mode
== GET_MODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (m
->insn
)))))
1390 register struct movable
*m1
;
1391 int first
= REGNO_FIRST_LUID (m
->regno
);
1392 int last
= REGNO_LAST_LUID (m
->regno
);
1396 /* First one: don't check for overlap, just record it. */
1401 /* Make sure they extend to the same mode.
1402 (Almost always true.) */
1403 if (GET_MODE (m
->set_dest
) != GET_MODE (m0
->set_dest
))
1406 /* We already have one: check for overlap with those
1407 already combined together. */
1408 for (m1
= movables
->head
; m1
!= m
; m1
= m1
->next
)
1409 if (m1
== m0
|| (m1
->partial
&& m1
->match
== m0
))
1410 if (! (REGNO_FIRST_LUID (m1
->regno
) > last
1411 || REGNO_LAST_LUID (m1
->regno
) < first
))
1414 /* No overlap: we can combine this with the others. */
1415 m0
->lifetime
+= m
->lifetime
;
1416 m0
->savings
+= m
->savings
;
1426 free (matched_regs
);
1429 /* Returns the number of movable instructions in LOOP that were not
1430 moved outside the loop. */
1433 num_unmoved_movables (loop
)
1434 const struct loop
*loop
;
1439 for (m
= LOOP_MOVABLES (loop
)->head
; m
; m
= m
->next
)
1447 /* Return 1 if regs X and Y will become the same if moved. */
1450 regs_match_p (x
, y
, movables
)
1452 struct loop_movables
*movables
;
1454 unsigned int xn
= REGNO (x
);
1455 unsigned int yn
= REGNO (y
);
1456 struct movable
*mx
, *my
;
1458 for (mx
= movables
->head
; mx
; mx
= mx
->next
)
1459 if (mx
->regno
== xn
)
1462 for (my
= movables
->head
; my
; my
= my
->next
)
1463 if (my
->regno
== yn
)
1467 && ((mx
->match
== my
->match
&& mx
->match
!= 0)
1469 || mx
== my
->match
));
1472 /* Return 1 if X and Y are identical-looking rtx's.
1473 This is the Lisp function EQUAL for rtx arguments.
1475 If two registers are matching movables or a movable register and an
1476 equivalent constant, consider them equal. */
1479 rtx_equal_for_loop_p (x
, y
, movables
, regs
)
1481 struct loop_movables
*movables
;
1482 struct loop_regs
*regs
;
1486 register struct movable
*m
;
1487 register enum rtx_code code
;
1488 register const char *fmt
;
1492 if (x
== 0 || y
== 0)
1495 code
= GET_CODE (x
);
1497 /* If we have a register and a constant, they may sometimes be
1499 if (GET_CODE (x
) == REG
&& regs
->array
[REGNO (x
)].set_in_loop
== -2
1502 for (m
= movables
->head
; m
; m
= m
->next
)
1503 if (m
->move_insn
&& m
->regno
== REGNO (x
)
1504 && rtx_equal_p (m
->set_src
, y
))
1507 else if (GET_CODE (y
) == REG
&& regs
->array
[REGNO (y
)].set_in_loop
== -2
1510 for (m
= movables
->head
; m
; m
= m
->next
)
1511 if (m
->move_insn
&& m
->regno
== REGNO (y
)
1512 && rtx_equal_p (m
->set_src
, x
))
1516 /* Otherwise, rtx's of different codes cannot be equal. */
1517 if (code
!= GET_CODE (y
))
1520 /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent.
1521 (REG:SI x) and (REG:HI x) are NOT equivalent. */
1523 if (GET_MODE (x
) != GET_MODE (y
))
1526 /* These three types of rtx's can be compared nonrecursively. */
1528 return (REGNO (x
) == REGNO (y
) || regs_match_p (x
, y
, movables
));
1530 if (code
== LABEL_REF
)
1531 return XEXP (x
, 0) == XEXP (y
, 0);
1532 if (code
== SYMBOL_REF
)
1533 return XSTR (x
, 0) == XSTR (y
, 0);
1535 /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements
1536 fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */
1538 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
1539 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1544 if (XWINT (x
, i
) != XWINT (y
, i
))
1549 if (XINT (x
, i
) != XINT (y
, i
))
1554 /* Two vectors must have the same length. */
1555 if (XVECLEN (x
, i
) != XVECLEN (y
, i
))
1558 /* And the corresponding elements must match. */
1559 for (j
= 0; j
< XVECLEN (x
, i
); j
++)
1560 if (rtx_equal_for_loop_p (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
), XVECEXP (y
, i
, j
),
1561 movables
, regs
) == 0)
1566 if (rtx_equal_for_loop_p (XEXP (x
, i
), XEXP (y
, i
), movables
, regs
)
1572 if (strcmp (XSTR (x
, i
), XSTR (y
, i
)))
1577 /* These are just backpointers, so they don't matter. */
1583 /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never
1584 contain anything but integers and other rtx's,
1585 except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs. */
1593 /* If X contains any LABEL_REF's, add REG_LABEL notes for them to all
1594 insns in INSNS which use the reference. LABEL_NUSES for CODE_LABEL
1595 references is incremented once for each added note. */
1598 add_label_notes (x
, insns
)
1602 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (x
);
1607 if (code
== LABEL_REF
&& !LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (x
))
1609 /* This code used to ignore labels that referred to dispatch tables to
1610 avoid flow generating (slighly) worse code.
1612 We no longer ignore such label references (see LABEL_REF handling in
1613 mark_jump_label for additional information). */
1614 for (insn
= insns
; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1615 if (reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (x
, 0), insn
))
1617 REG_NOTES (insn
) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_LABEL
, XEXP (x
, 0),
1619 if (LABEL_P (XEXP (x
, 0)))
1620 LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (x
, 0))++;
1624 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
1625 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1628 add_label_notes (XEXP (x
, i
), insns
);
1629 else if (fmt
[i
] == 'E')
1630 for (j
= XVECLEN (x
, i
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
1631 add_label_notes (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
), insns
);
1635 /* Scan MOVABLES, and move the insns that deserve to be moved.
1636 If two matching movables are combined, replace one reg with the
1637 other throughout. */
1640 move_movables (loop
, movables
, threshold
, insn_count
)
1642 struct loop_movables
*movables
;
1646 struct loop_regs
*regs
= LOOP_REGS (loop
);
1647 int nregs
= regs
->num
;
1649 register struct movable
*m
;
1651 rtx loop_start
= loop
->start
;
1652 rtx loop_end
= loop
->end
;
1653 /* Map of pseudo-register replacements to handle combining
1654 when we move several insns that load the same value
1655 into different pseudo-registers. */
1656 rtx
*reg_map
= (rtx
*) xcalloc (nregs
, sizeof (rtx
));
1657 char *already_moved
= (char *) xcalloc (nregs
, sizeof (char));
1659 for (m
= movables
->head
; m
; m
= m
->next
)
1661 /* Describe this movable insn. */
1663 if (loop_dump_stream
)
1665 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "Insn %d: regno %d (life %d), ",
1666 INSN_UID (m
->insn
), m
->regno
, m
->lifetime
);
1668 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "consec %d, ", m
->consec
);
1670 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "cond ");
1672 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "force ");
1674 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "global ");
1676 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "done ");
1678 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "move-insn ");
1680 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "matches %d ",
1681 INSN_UID (m
->match
->insn
));
1683 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "forces %d ",
1684 INSN_UID (m
->forces
->insn
));
1687 /* Ignore the insn if it's already done (it matched something else).
1688 Otherwise, see if it is now safe to move. */
1692 || (1 == loop_invariant_p (loop
, m
->set_src
)
1693 && (m
->dependencies
== 0
1694 || 1 == loop_invariant_p (loop
, m
->dependencies
))
1696 || 1 == consec_sets_invariant_p (loop
, m
->set_dest
,
1699 && (! m
->forces
|| m
->forces
->done
))
1703 int savings
= m
->savings
;
1705 /* We have an insn that is safe to move.
1706 Compute its desirability. */
1711 if (loop_dump_stream
)
1712 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "savings %d ", savings
);
1714 if (regs
->array
[regno
].moved_once
&& loop_dump_stream
)
1715 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "halved since already moved ");
1717 /* An insn MUST be moved if we already moved something else
1718 which is safe only if this one is moved too: that is,
1719 if already_moved[REGNO] is nonzero. */
1721 /* An insn is desirable to move if the new lifetime of the
1722 register is no more than THRESHOLD times the old lifetime.
1723 If it's not desirable, it means the loop is so big
1724 that moving won't speed things up much,
1725 and it is liable to make register usage worse. */
1727 /* It is also desirable to move if it can be moved at no
1728 extra cost because something else was already moved. */
1730 if (already_moved
[regno
]
1731 || flag_move_all_movables
1732 || (threshold
* savings
* m
->lifetime
) >=
1733 (regs
->array
[regno
].moved_once
? insn_count
* 2 : insn_count
)
1734 || (m
->forces
&& m
->forces
->done
1735 && regs
->array
[m
->forces
->regno
].n_times_set
== 1))
1738 register struct movable
*m1
;
1739 rtx first
= NULL_RTX
;
1741 /* Now move the insns that set the reg. */
1743 if (m
->partial
&& m
->match
)
1747 /* Find the end of this chain of matching regs.
1748 Thus, we load each reg in the chain from that one reg.
1749 And that reg is loaded with 0 directly,
1750 since it has ->match == 0. */
1751 for (m1
= m
; m1
->match
; m1
= m1
->match
);
1752 newpat
= gen_move_insn (SET_DEST (PATTERN (m
->insn
)),
1753 SET_DEST (PATTERN (m1
->insn
)));
1754 i1
= loop_insn_hoist (loop
, newpat
);
1756 /* Mark the moved, invariant reg as being allowed to
1757 share a hard reg with the other matching invariant. */
1758 REG_NOTES (i1
) = REG_NOTES (m
->insn
);
1759 r1
= SET_DEST (PATTERN (m
->insn
));
1760 r2
= SET_DEST (PATTERN (m1
->insn
));
1762 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, r1
,
1763 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, r2
,
1765 delete_insn (m
->insn
);
1770 if (loop_dump_stream
)
1771 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, " moved to %d", INSN_UID (i1
));
1773 /* If we are to re-generate the item being moved with a
1774 new move insn, first delete what we have and then emit
1775 the move insn before the loop. */
1776 else if (m
->move_insn
)
1780 for (count
= m
->consec
; count
>= 0; count
--)
1782 /* If this is the first insn of a library call sequence,
1784 if (GET_CODE (p
) != NOTE
1785 && (temp
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_LIBCALL
, NULL_RTX
)))
1788 /* If this is the last insn of a libcall sequence, then
1789 delete every insn in the sequence except the last.
1790 The last insn is handled in the normal manner. */
1791 if (GET_CODE (p
) != NOTE
1792 && (temp
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_RETVAL
, NULL_RTX
)))
1794 temp
= XEXP (temp
, 0);
1796 temp
= delete_insn (temp
);
1800 p
= delete_insn (p
);
1802 /* simplify_giv_expr expects that it can walk the insns
1803 at m->insn forwards and see this old sequence we are
1804 tossing here. delete_insn does preserve the next
1805 pointers, but when we skip over a NOTE we must fix
1806 it up. Otherwise that code walks into the non-deleted
1808 while (p
&& GET_CODE (p
) == NOTE
)
1809 p
= NEXT_INSN (temp
) = NEXT_INSN (p
);
1813 emit_move_insn (m
->set_dest
, m
->set_src
);
1814 temp
= get_insns ();
1815 seq
= gen_sequence ();
1818 add_label_notes (m
->set_src
, temp
);
1820 i1
= loop_insn_hoist (loop
, seq
);
1821 if (! find_reg_note (i1
, REG_EQUAL
, NULL_RTX
))
1823 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (m
->is_equiv
? REG_EQUIV
: REG_EQUAL
,
1824 m
->set_src
, REG_NOTES (i1
));
1826 if (loop_dump_stream
)
1827 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, " moved to %d", INSN_UID (i1
));
1829 /* The more regs we move, the less we like moving them. */
1834 for (count
= m
->consec
; count
>= 0; count
--)
1838 /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end. */
1839 /* Do this at start of loop, since p is guaranteed to
1841 if (GET_CODE (p
) != NOTE
1842 && (temp
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_LIBCALL
, NULL_RTX
)))
1845 /* If last insn of libcall sequence, move all
1846 insns except the last before the loop. The last
1847 insn is handled in the normal manner. */
1848 if (GET_CODE (p
) != NOTE
1849 && (temp
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_RETVAL
, NULL_RTX
)))
1853 rtx fn_address_insn
= 0;
1856 for (temp
= XEXP (temp
, 0); temp
!= p
;
1857 temp
= NEXT_INSN (temp
))
1863 if (GET_CODE (temp
) == NOTE
)
1866 body
= PATTERN (temp
);
1868 /* Find the next insn after TEMP,
1869 not counting USE or NOTE insns. */
1870 for (next
= NEXT_INSN (temp
); next
!= p
;
1871 next
= NEXT_INSN (next
))
1872 if (! (GET_CODE (next
) == INSN
1873 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (next
)) == USE
)
1874 && GET_CODE (next
) != NOTE
)
1877 /* If that is the call, this may be the insn
1878 that loads the function address.
1880 Extract the function address from the insn
1881 that loads it into a register.
1882 If this insn was cse'd, we get incorrect code.
1884 So emit a new move insn that copies the
1885 function address into the register that the
1886 call insn will use. flow.c will delete any
1887 redundant stores that we have created. */
1888 if (GET_CODE (next
) == CALL_INSN
1889 && GET_CODE (body
) == SET
1890 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body
)) == REG
1891 && (n
= find_reg_note (temp
, REG_EQUAL
,
1894 fn_reg
= SET_SRC (body
);
1895 if (GET_CODE (fn_reg
) != REG
)
1896 fn_reg
= SET_DEST (body
);
1897 fn_address
= XEXP (n
, 0);
1898 fn_address_insn
= temp
;
1900 /* We have the call insn.
1901 If it uses the register we suspect it might,
1902 load it with the correct address directly. */
1903 if (GET_CODE (temp
) == CALL_INSN
1905 && reg_referenced_p (fn_reg
, body
))
1906 loop_insn_emit_after (loop
, 0, fn_address_insn
,
1908 (fn_reg
, fn_address
));
1910 if (GET_CODE (temp
) == CALL_INSN
)
1912 i1
= loop_call_insn_hoist (loop
, body
);
1913 /* Because the USAGE information potentially
1914 contains objects other than hard registers
1915 we need to copy it. */
1916 if (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (temp
))
1917 CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (i1
)
1918 = copy_rtx (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (temp
));
1921 i1
= loop_insn_hoist (loop
, body
);
1924 if (temp
== fn_address_insn
)
1925 fn_address_insn
= i1
;
1926 REG_NOTES (i1
) = REG_NOTES (temp
);
1932 if (m
->savemode
!= VOIDmode
)
1934 /* P sets REG to zero; but we should clear only
1935 the bits that are not covered by the mode
1937 rtx reg
= m
->set_dest
;
1943 (GET_MODE (reg
), and_optab
, reg
,
1944 GEN_INT ((((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1
1945 << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (m
->savemode
)))
1947 reg
, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
);
1951 emit_move_insn (reg
, tem
);
1952 sequence
= gen_sequence ();
1954 i1
= loop_insn_hoist (loop
, sequence
);
1956 else if (GET_CODE (p
) == CALL_INSN
)
1958 i1
= loop_call_insn_hoist (loop
, PATTERN (p
));
1959 /* Because the USAGE information potentially
1960 contains objects other than hard registers
1961 we need to copy it. */
1962 if (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (p
))
1963 CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (i1
)
1964 = copy_rtx (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (p
));
1966 else if (count
== m
->consec
&& m
->move_insn_first
)
1969 /* The SET_SRC might not be invariant, so we must
1970 use the REG_EQUAL note. */
1972 emit_move_insn (m
->set_dest
, m
->set_src
);
1973 temp
= get_insns ();
1974 seq
= gen_sequence ();
1977 add_label_notes (m
->set_src
, temp
);
1979 i1
= loop_insn_hoist (loop
, seq
);
1980 if (! find_reg_note (i1
, REG_EQUAL
, NULL_RTX
))
1982 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST ((m
->is_equiv
? REG_EQUIV
1984 m
->set_src
, REG_NOTES (i1
));
1987 i1
= loop_insn_hoist (loop
, PATTERN (p
));
1989 if (REG_NOTES (i1
) == 0)
1991 REG_NOTES (i1
) = REG_NOTES (p
);
1993 /* If there is a REG_EQUAL note present whose value
1994 is not loop invariant, then delete it, since it
1995 may cause problems with later optimization passes.
1996 It is possible for cse to create such notes
1997 like this as a result of record_jump_cond. */
1999 if ((temp
= find_reg_note (i1
, REG_EQUAL
, NULL_RTX
))
2000 && ! loop_invariant_p (loop
, XEXP (temp
, 0)))
2001 remove_note (i1
, temp
);
2007 if (loop_dump_stream
)
2008 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, " moved to %d",
2011 /* If library call, now fix the REG_NOTES that contain
2012 insn pointers, namely REG_LIBCALL on FIRST
2013 and REG_RETVAL on I1. */
2014 if ((temp
= find_reg_note (i1
, REG_RETVAL
, NULL_RTX
)))
2016 XEXP (temp
, 0) = first
;
2017 temp
= find_reg_note (first
, REG_LIBCALL
, NULL_RTX
);
2018 XEXP (temp
, 0) = i1
;
2025 /* simplify_giv_expr expects that it can walk the insns
2026 at m->insn forwards and see this old sequence we are
2027 tossing here. delete_insn does preserve the next
2028 pointers, but when we skip over a NOTE we must fix
2029 it up. Otherwise that code walks into the non-deleted
2031 while (p
&& GET_CODE (p
) == NOTE
)
2032 p
= NEXT_INSN (temp
) = NEXT_INSN (p
);
2035 /* The more regs we move, the less we like moving them. */
2039 /* Any other movable that loads the same register
2041 already_moved
[regno
] = 1;
2043 /* This reg has been moved out of one loop. */
2044 regs
->array
[regno
].moved_once
= 1;
2046 /* The reg set here is now invariant. */
2048 regs
->array
[regno
].set_in_loop
= 0;
2052 /* Change the length-of-life info for the register
2053 to say it lives at least the full length of this loop.
2054 This will help guide optimizations in outer loops. */
2056 if (REGNO_FIRST_LUID (regno
) > INSN_LUID (loop_start
))
2057 /* This is the old insn before all the moved insns.
2058 We can't use the moved insn because it is out of range
2059 in uid_luid. Only the old insns have luids. */
2060 REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno
) = INSN_UID (loop_start
);
2061 if (REGNO_LAST_LUID (regno
) < INSN_LUID (loop_end
))
2062 REGNO_LAST_UID (regno
) = INSN_UID (loop_end
);
2064 /* Combine with this moved insn any other matching movables. */
2067 for (m1
= movables
->head
; m1
; m1
= m1
->next
)
2072 /* Schedule the reg loaded by M1
2073 for replacement so that shares the reg of M.
2074 If the modes differ (only possible in restricted
2075 circumstances, make a SUBREG.
2077 Note this assumes that the target dependent files
2078 treat REG and SUBREG equally, including within
2079 GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS and in all the
2080 predicates since we never verify that replacing the
2081 original register with a SUBREG results in a
2082 recognizable insn. */
2083 if (GET_MODE (m
->set_dest
) == GET_MODE (m1
->set_dest
))
2084 reg_map
[m1
->regno
] = m
->set_dest
;
2087 = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (m1
->set_dest
),
2090 /* Get rid of the matching insn
2091 and prevent further processing of it. */
2094 /* if library call, delete all insn except last, which
2096 if ((temp
= find_reg_note (m1
->insn
, REG_RETVAL
,
2099 for (temp
= XEXP (temp
, 0); temp
!= m1
->insn
;
2100 temp
= NEXT_INSN (temp
))
2103 delete_insn (m1
->insn
);
2105 /* Any other movable that loads the same register
2107 already_moved
[m1
->regno
] = 1;
2109 /* The reg merged here is now invariant,
2110 if the reg it matches is invariant. */
2112 regs
->array
[m1
->regno
].set_in_loop
= 0;
2115 else if (loop_dump_stream
)
2116 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "not desirable");
2118 else if (loop_dump_stream
&& !m
->match
)
2119 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "not safe");
2121 if (loop_dump_stream
)
2122 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "\n");
2126 new_start
= loop_start
;
2128 /* Go through all the instructions in the loop, making
2129 all the register substitutions scheduled in REG_MAP. */
2130 for (p
= new_start
; p
!= loop_end
; p
= NEXT_INSN (p
))
2131 if (GET_CODE (p
) == INSN
|| GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
2132 || GET_CODE (p
) == CALL_INSN
)
2134 replace_regs (PATTERN (p
), reg_map
, nregs
, 0);
2135 replace_regs (REG_NOTES (p
), reg_map
, nregs
, 0);
2141 free (already_moved
);
2146 loop_movables_add (movables
, m
)
2147 struct loop_movables
*movables
;
2150 if (movables
->head
== 0)
2153 movables
->last
->next
= m
;
2159 loop_movables_free (movables
)
2160 struct loop_movables
*movables
;
2163 struct movable
*m_next
;
2165 for (m
= movables
->head
; m
; m
= m_next
)
2173 /* Scan X and replace the address of any MEM in it with ADDR.
2174 REG is the address that MEM should have before the replacement. */
2177 replace_call_address (x
, reg
, addr
)
2180 register enum rtx_code code
;
2182 register const char *fmt
;
2186 code
= GET_CODE (x
);
2200 /* Short cut for very common case. */
2201 replace_call_address (XEXP (x
, 1), reg
, addr
);
2205 /* Short cut for very common case. */
2206 replace_call_address (XEXP (x
, 0), reg
, addr
);
2210 /* If this MEM uses a reg other than the one we expected,
2211 something is wrong. */
2212 if (XEXP (x
, 0) != reg
)
2221 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
2222 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
2225 replace_call_address (XEXP (x
, i
), reg
, addr
);
2226 else if (fmt
[i
] == 'E')
2229 for (j
= 0; j
< XVECLEN (x
, i
); j
++)
2230 replace_call_address (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
), reg
, addr
);
2236 /* Return the number of memory refs to addresses that vary
2240 count_nonfixed_reads (loop
, x
)
2241 const struct loop
*loop
;
2244 register enum rtx_code code
;
2246 register const char *fmt
;
2252 code
= GET_CODE (x
);
2266 return ((loop_invariant_p (loop
, XEXP (x
, 0)) != 1)
2267 + count_nonfixed_reads (loop
, XEXP (x
, 0)));
2274 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
2275 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
2278 value
+= count_nonfixed_reads (loop
, XEXP (x
, i
));
2282 for (j
= 0; j
< XVECLEN (x
, i
); j
++)
2283 value
+= count_nonfixed_reads (loop
, XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
));
2289 /* Scan a loop setting the elements `cont', `vtop', `loops_enclosed',
2290 `has_call', `has_nonconst_call', `has_volatile', `has_tablejump',
2291 `unknown_address_altered', `unknown_constant_address_altered', and
2292 `num_mem_sets' in LOOP. Also, fill in the array `mems' and the
2293 list `store_mems' in LOOP. */
2299 register int level
= 1;
2301 struct loop_info
*loop_info
= LOOP_INFO (loop
);
2302 rtx start
= loop
->start
;
2303 rtx end
= loop
->end
;
2304 /* The label after END. Jumping here is just like falling off the
2305 end of the loop. We use next_nonnote_insn instead of next_label
2306 as a hedge against the (pathological) case where some actual insn
2307 might end up between the two. */
2308 rtx exit_target
= next_nonnote_insn (end
);
2310 loop_info
->has_indirect_jump
= indirect_jump_in_function
;
2311 loop_info
->pre_header_has_call
= 0;
2312 loop_info
->has_call
= 0;
2313 loop_info
->has_nonconst_call
= 0;
2314 loop_info
->has_volatile
= 0;
2315 loop_info
->has_tablejump
= 0;
2316 loop_info
->has_multiple_exit_targets
= 0;
2319 loop_info
->unknown_address_altered
= 0;
2320 loop_info
->unknown_constant_address_altered
= 0;
2321 loop_info
->store_mems
= NULL_RTX
;
2322 loop_info
->first_loop_store_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
2323 loop_info
->mems_idx
= 0;
2324 loop_info
->num_mem_sets
= 0;
2327 for (insn
= start
; insn
&& GET_CODE (insn
) != CODE_LABEL
;
2328 insn
= PREV_INSN (insn
))
2330 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
2332 loop_info
->pre_header_has_call
= 1;
2337 for (insn
= NEXT_INSN (start
); insn
!= NEXT_INSN (end
);
2338 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
2340 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
)
2342 if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
)
2345 /* Count number of loops contained in this one. */
2348 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END
)
2353 else if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
2355 if (! CONST_CALL_P (insn
))
2357 loop_info
->unknown_address_altered
= 1;
2358 loop_info
->has_nonconst_call
= 1;
2360 loop_info
->has_call
= 1;
2362 else if (GET_CODE (insn
) == INSN
|| GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
)
2364 rtx label1
= NULL_RTX
;
2365 rtx label2
= NULL_RTX
;
2367 if (volatile_refs_p (PATTERN (insn
)))
2368 loop_info
->has_volatile
= 1;
2370 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
2371 && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC
2372 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == ADDR_VEC
))
2373 loop_info
->has_tablejump
= 1;
2375 note_stores (PATTERN (insn
), note_addr_stored
, loop_info
);
2376 if (! loop_info
->first_loop_store_insn
&& loop_info
->store_mems
)
2377 loop_info
->first_loop_store_insn
= insn
;
2379 if (! loop_info
->has_multiple_exit_targets
2380 && GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
2381 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
2382 && SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn
)) == pc_rtx
)
2384 if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn
))) == IF_THEN_ELSE
)
2386 label1
= XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn
)), 1);
2387 label2
= XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn
)), 2);
2391 label1
= SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn
));
2396 if (label1
&& label1
!= pc_rtx
)
2398 if (GET_CODE (label1
) != LABEL_REF
)
2400 /* Something tricky. */
2401 loop_info
->has_multiple_exit_targets
= 1;
2404 else if (XEXP (label1
, 0) != exit_target
2405 && LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (label1
))
2407 /* A jump outside the current loop. */
2408 loop_info
->has_multiple_exit_targets
= 1;
2419 else if (GET_CODE (insn
) == RETURN
)
2420 loop_info
->has_multiple_exit_targets
= 1;
2423 /* Now, rescan the loop, setting up the LOOP_MEMS array. */
2424 if (/* An exception thrown by a called function might land us
2426 ! loop_info
->has_nonconst_call
2427 /* We don't want loads for MEMs moved to a location before the
2428 one at which their stack memory becomes allocated. (Note
2429 that this is not a problem for malloc, etc., since those
2430 require actual function calls. */
2431 && ! current_function_calls_alloca
2432 /* There are ways to leave the loop other than falling off the
2434 && ! loop_info
->has_multiple_exit_targets
)
2435 for (insn
= NEXT_INSN (start
); insn
!= NEXT_INSN (end
);
2436 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
2437 for_each_rtx (&insn
, insert_loop_mem
, loop_info
);
2439 /* BLKmode MEMs are added to LOOP_STORE_MEM as necessary so
2440 that loop_invariant_p and load_mems can use true_dependence
2441 to determine what is really clobbered. */
2442 if (loop_info
->unknown_address_altered
)
2444 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, const0_rtx
);
2446 loop_info
->store_mems
2447 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, mem
, loop_info
->store_mems
);
2449 if (loop_info
->unknown_constant_address_altered
)
2451 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, const0_rtx
);
2453 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (mem
) = 1;
2454 loop_info
->store_mems
2455 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, mem
, loop_info
->store_mems
);
2459 /* Scan the function looking for loops. Record the start and end of each loop.
2460 Also mark as invalid loops any loops that contain a setjmp or are branched
2461 to from outside the loop. */
2464 find_and_verify_loops (f
, loops
)
2466 struct loops
*loops
;
2471 struct loop
*current_loop
;
2472 struct loop
*next_loop
;
2475 num_loops
= loops
->num
;
2477 compute_luids (f
, NULL_RTX
, 0);
2479 /* If there are jumps to undefined labels,
2480 treat them as jumps out of any/all loops.
2481 This also avoids writing past end of tables when there are no loops. */
2484 /* Find boundaries of loops, mark which loops are contained within
2485 loops, and invalidate loops that have setjmp. */
2488 current_loop
= NULL
;
2489 for (insn
= f
; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
2491 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
)
2492 switch (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
))
2494 case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
:
2495 next_loop
= loops
->array
+ num_loops
;
2496 next_loop
->num
= num_loops
;
2498 next_loop
->start
= insn
;
2499 next_loop
->outer
= current_loop
;
2500 current_loop
= next_loop
;
2503 case NOTE_INSN_SETJMP
:
2504 /* In this case, we must invalidate our current loop and any
2506 for (loop
= current_loop
; loop
; loop
= loop
->outer
)
2509 if (loop_dump_stream
)
2510 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
2511 "\nLoop at %d ignored due to setjmp.\n",
2512 INSN_UID (loop
->start
));
2516 case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT
:
2517 current_loop
->cont
= insn
;
2520 case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP
:
2521 current_loop
->vtop
= insn
;
2524 case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END
:
2528 current_loop
->end
= insn
;
2529 current_loop
= current_loop
->outer
;
2536 /* Note that this will mark the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END note as being in the
2537 enclosing loop, but this doesn't matter. */
2538 uid_loop
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = current_loop
;
2541 /* Any loop containing a label used in an initializer must be invalidated,
2542 because it can be jumped into from anywhere. */
2544 for (label
= forced_labels
; label
; label
= XEXP (label
, 1))
2546 for (loop
= uid_loop
[INSN_UID (XEXP (label
, 0))];
2547 loop
; loop
= loop
->outer
)
2551 /* Any loop containing a label used for an exception handler must be
2552 invalidated, because it can be jumped into from anywhere. */
2554 for (label
= exception_handler_labels
; label
; label
= XEXP (label
, 1))
2556 for (loop
= uid_loop
[INSN_UID (XEXP (label
, 0))];
2557 loop
; loop
= loop
->outer
)
2561 /* Now scan all insn's in the function. If any JUMP_INSN branches into a
2562 loop that it is not contained within, that loop is marked invalid.
2563 If any INSN or CALL_INSN uses a label's address, then the loop containing
2564 that label is marked invalid, because it could be jumped into from
2567 Also look for blocks of code ending in an unconditional branch that
2568 exits the loop. If such a block is surrounded by a conditional
2569 branch around the block, move the block elsewhere (see below) and
2570 invert the jump to point to the code block. This may eliminate a
2571 label in our loop and will simplify processing by both us and a
2572 possible second cse pass. */
2574 for (insn
= f
; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
2577 struct loop
*this_loop
= uid_loop
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
2579 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == INSN
|| GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
2581 rtx note
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_LABEL
, NULL_RTX
);
2584 for (loop
= uid_loop
[INSN_UID (XEXP (note
, 0))];
2585 loop
; loop
= loop
->outer
)
2590 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != JUMP_INSN
)
2593 mark_loop_jump (PATTERN (insn
), this_loop
);
2595 /* See if this is an unconditional branch outside the loop. */
2597 && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == RETURN
2598 || (any_uncondjump_p (insn
)
2599 && onlyjump_p (insn
)
2600 && (uid_loop
[INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (insn
))]
2602 && get_max_uid () < max_uid_for_loop
)
2605 rtx our_next
= next_real_insn (insn
);
2606 rtx last_insn_to_move
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
2607 struct loop
*dest_loop
;
2608 struct loop
*outer_loop
= NULL
;
2610 /* Go backwards until we reach the start of the loop, a label,
2612 for (p
= PREV_INSN (insn
);
2613 GET_CODE (p
) != CODE_LABEL
2614 && ! (GET_CODE (p
) == NOTE
2615 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p
) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
)
2616 && GET_CODE (p
) != JUMP_INSN
;
2620 /* Check for the case where we have a jump to an inner nested
2621 loop, and do not perform the optimization in that case. */
2623 if (JUMP_LABEL (insn
))
2625 dest_loop
= uid_loop
[INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (insn
))];
2628 for (outer_loop
= dest_loop
; outer_loop
;
2629 outer_loop
= outer_loop
->outer
)
2630 if (outer_loop
== this_loop
)
2635 /* Make sure that the target of P is within the current loop. */
2637 if (GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
&& JUMP_LABEL (p
)
2638 && uid_loop
[INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p
))] != this_loop
)
2639 outer_loop
= this_loop
;
2641 /* If we stopped on a JUMP_INSN to the next insn after INSN,
2642 we have a block of code to try to move.
2644 We look backward and then forward from the target of INSN
2645 to find a BARRIER at the same loop depth as the target.
2646 If we find such a BARRIER, we make a new label for the start
2647 of the block, invert the jump in P and point it to that label,
2648 and move the block of code to the spot we found. */
2651 && GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
2652 && JUMP_LABEL (p
) != 0
2653 /* Just ignore jumps to labels that were never emitted.
2654 These always indicate compilation errors. */
2655 && INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p
)) != 0
2656 && any_condjump_p (p
) && onlyjump_p (p
)
2657 && next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (p
)) == our_next
2658 /* If it's not safe to move the sequence, then we
2660 && insns_safe_to_move_p (p
, NEXT_INSN (insn
),
2661 &last_insn_to_move
))
2664 = JUMP_LABEL (insn
) ? JUMP_LABEL (insn
) : get_last_insn ();
2665 struct loop
*target_loop
= uid_loop
[INSN_UID (target
)];
2668 for (loc
= target
; loc
; loc
= PREV_INSN (loc
))
2669 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == BARRIER
2670 /* Don't move things inside a tablejump. */
2671 && ((loc2
= next_nonnote_insn (loc
)) == 0
2672 || GET_CODE (loc2
) != CODE_LABEL
2673 || (loc2
= next_nonnote_insn (loc2
)) == 0
2674 || GET_CODE (loc2
) != JUMP_INSN
2675 || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (loc2
)) != ADDR_VEC
2676 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (loc2
)) != ADDR_DIFF_VEC
))
2677 && uid_loop
[INSN_UID (loc
)] == target_loop
)
2681 for (loc
= target
; loc
; loc
= NEXT_INSN (loc
))
2682 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == BARRIER
2683 /* Don't move things inside a tablejump. */
2684 && ((loc2
= next_nonnote_insn (loc
)) == 0
2685 || GET_CODE (loc2
) != CODE_LABEL
2686 || (loc2
= next_nonnote_insn (loc2
)) == 0
2687 || GET_CODE (loc2
) != JUMP_INSN
2688 || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (loc2
)) != ADDR_VEC
2689 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (loc2
)) != ADDR_DIFF_VEC
))
2690 && uid_loop
[INSN_UID (loc
)] == target_loop
)
2695 rtx cond_label
= JUMP_LABEL (p
);
2696 rtx new_label
= get_label_after (p
);
2698 /* Ensure our label doesn't go away. */
2699 LABEL_NUSES (cond_label
)++;
2701 /* Verify that uid_loop is large enough and that
2703 if (invert_jump (p
, new_label
, 1))
2707 /* If no suitable BARRIER was found, create a suitable
2708 one before TARGET. Since TARGET is a fall through
2709 path, we'll need to insert an jump around our block
2710 and a add a BARRIER before TARGET.
2712 This creates an extra unconditional jump outside
2713 the loop. However, the benefits of removing rarely
2714 executed instructions from inside the loop usually
2715 outweighs the cost of the extra unconditional jump
2716 outside the loop. */
2721 temp
= gen_jump (JUMP_LABEL (insn
));
2722 temp
= emit_jump_insn_before (temp
, target
);
2723 JUMP_LABEL (temp
) = JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
2724 LABEL_NUSES (JUMP_LABEL (insn
))++;
2725 loc
= emit_barrier_before (target
);
2728 /* Include the BARRIER after INSN and copy the
2730 new_label
= squeeze_notes (new_label
,
2732 reorder_insns (new_label
, last_insn_to_move
, loc
);
2734 /* All those insns are now in TARGET_LOOP. */
2736 q
!= NEXT_INSN (last_insn_to_move
);
2738 uid_loop
[INSN_UID (q
)] = target_loop
;
2740 /* The label jumped to by INSN is no longer a loop
2741 exit. Unless INSN does not have a label (e.g.,
2742 it is a RETURN insn), search loop->exit_labels
2743 to find its label_ref, and remove it. Also turn
2744 off LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P bit. */
2745 if (JUMP_LABEL (insn
))
2747 for (q
= 0, r
= this_loop
->exit_labels
;
2749 q
= r
, r
= LABEL_NEXTREF (r
))
2750 if (XEXP (r
, 0) == JUMP_LABEL (insn
))
2752 LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (r
) = 0;
2754 LABEL_NEXTREF (q
) = LABEL_NEXTREF (r
);
2756 this_loop
->exit_labels
= LABEL_NEXTREF (r
);
2760 for (loop
= this_loop
; loop
&& loop
!= target_loop
;
2764 /* If we didn't find it, then something is
2770 /* P is now a jump outside the loop, so it must be put
2771 in loop->exit_labels, and marked as such.
2772 The easiest way to do this is to just call
2773 mark_loop_jump again for P. */
2774 mark_loop_jump (PATTERN (p
), this_loop
);
2776 /* If INSN now jumps to the insn after it,
2778 if (JUMP_LABEL (insn
) != 0
2779 && (next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (insn
))
2780 == next_real_insn (insn
)))
2784 /* Continue the loop after where the conditional
2785 branch used to jump, since the only branch insn
2786 in the block (if it still remains) is an inter-loop
2787 branch and hence needs no processing. */
2788 insn
= NEXT_INSN (cond_label
);
2790 if (--LABEL_NUSES (cond_label
) == 0)
2791 delete_insn (cond_label
);
2793 /* This loop will be continued with NEXT_INSN (insn). */
2794 insn
= PREV_INSN (insn
);
2801 /* If any label in X jumps to a loop different from LOOP_NUM and any of the
2802 loops it is contained in, mark the target loop invalid.
2804 For speed, we assume that X is part of a pattern of a JUMP_INSN. */
2807 mark_loop_jump (x
, loop
)
2811 struct loop
*dest_loop
;
2812 struct loop
*outer_loop
;
2815 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
2828 /* There could be a label reference in here. */
2829 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x
, 0), loop
);
2835 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x
, 0), loop
);
2836 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x
, 1), loop
);
2840 /* This may refer to a LABEL_REF or SYMBOL_REF. */
2841 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x
, 1), loop
);
2846 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x
, 0), loop
);
2850 dest_loop
= uid_loop
[INSN_UID (XEXP (x
, 0))];
2852 /* Link together all labels that branch outside the loop. This
2853 is used by final_[bg]iv_value and the loop unrolling code. Also
2854 mark this LABEL_REF so we know that this branch should predict
2857 /* A check to make sure the label is not in an inner nested loop,
2858 since this does not count as a loop exit. */
2861 for (outer_loop
= dest_loop
; outer_loop
;
2862 outer_loop
= outer_loop
->outer
)
2863 if (outer_loop
== loop
)
2869 if (loop
&& ! outer_loop
)
2871 LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (x
) = 1;
2872 LABEL_NEXTREF (x
) = loop
->exit_labels
;
2873 loop
->exit_labels
= x
;
2875 for (outer_loop
= loop
;
2876 outer_loop
&& outer_loop
!= dest_loop
;
2877 outer_loop
= outer_loop
->outer
)
2878 outer_loop
->exit_count
++;
2881 /* If this is inside a loop, but not in the current loop or one enclosed
2882 by it, it invalidates at least one loop. */
2887 /* We must invalidate every nested loop containing the target of this
2888 label, except those that also contain the jump insn. */
2890 for (; dest_loop
; dest_loop
= dest_loop
->outer
)
2892 /* Stop when we reach a loop that also contains the jump insn. */
2893 for (outer_loop
= loop
; outer_loop
; outer_loop
= outer_loop
->outer
)
2894 if (dest_loop
== outer_loop
)
2897 /* If we get here, we know we need to invalidate a loop. */
2898 if (loop_dump_stream
&& ! dest_loop
->invalid
)
2899 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
2900 "\nLoop at %d ignored due to multiple entry points.\n",
2901 INSN_UID (dest_loop
->start
));
2903 dest_loop
->invalid
= 1;
2908 /* If this is not setting pc, ignore. */
2909 if (SET_DEST (x
) == pc_rtx
)
2910 mark_loop_jump (SET_SRC (x
), loop
);
2914 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x
, 1), loop
);
2915 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x
, 2), loop
);
2920 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (x
, 0); i
++)
2921 mark_loop_jump (XVECEXP (x
, 0, i
), loop
);
2925 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (x
, 1); i
++)
2926 mark_loop_jump (XVECEXP (x
, 1, i
), loop
);
2930 /* Strictly speaking this is not a jump into the loop, only a possible
2931 jump out of the loop. However, we have no way to link the destination
2932 of this jump onto the list of exit labels. To be safe we mark this
2933 loop and any containing loops as invalid. */
2936 for (outer_loop
= loop
; outer_loop
; outer_loop
= outer_loop
->outer
)
2938 if (loop_dump_stream
&& ! outer_loop
->invalid
)
2939 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
2940 "\nLoop at %d ignored due to unknown exit jump.\n",
2941 INSN_UID (outer_loop
->start
));
2942 outer_loop
->invalid
= 1;
2949 /* Return nonzero if there is a label in the range from
2950 insn INSN to and including the insn whose luid is END
2951 INSN must have an assigned luid (i.e., it must not have
2952 been previously created by loop.c). */
2955 labels_in_range_p (insn
, end
)
2959 while (insn
&& INSN_LUID (insn
) <= end
)
2961 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
)
2963 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
2969 /* Record that a memory reference X is being set. */
2972 note_addr_stored (x
, y
, data
)
2974 rtx y ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2975 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2977 struct loop_info
*loop_info
= data
;
2979 if (x
== 0 || GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
2982 /* Count number of memory writes.
2983 This affects heuristics in strength_reduce. */
2984 loop_info
->num_mem_sets
++;
2986 /* BLKmode MEM means all memory is clobbered. */
2987 if (GET_MODE (x
) == BLKmode
)
2989 if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x
))
2990 loop_info
->unknown_constant_address_altered
= 1;
2992 loop_info
->unknown_address_altered
= 1;
2997 loop_info
->store_mems
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, x
,
2998 loop_info
->store_mems
);
3001 /* X is a value modified by an INSN that references a biv inside a loop
3002 exit test (ie, X is somehow related to the value of the biv). If X
3003 is a pseudo that is used more than once, then the biv is (effectively)
3004 used more than once. DATA is a pointer to a loop_regs structure. */
3007 note_set_pseudo_multiple_uses (x
, y
, data
)
3009 rtx y ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
3012 struct loop_regs
*regs
= (struct loop_regs
*) data
;
3017 while (GET_CODE (x
) == STRICT_LOW_PART
3018 || GET_CODE (x
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
3019 || GET_CODE (x
) == ZERO_EXTRACT
3020 || GET_CODE (x
) == SUBREG
)
3023 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
|| REGNO (x
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3026 /* If we do not have usage information, or if we know the register
3027 is used more than once, note that fact for check_dbra_loop. */
3028 if (REGNO (x
) >= max_reg_before_loop
3029 || ! regs
->array
[REGNO (x
)].single_usage
3030 || regs
->array
[REGNO (x
)].single_usage
== const0_rtx
)
3031 regs
->multiple_uses
= 1;
3034 /* Return nonzero if the rtx X is invariant over the current loop.
3036 The value is 2 if we refer to something only conditionally invariant.
3038 A memory ref is invariant if it is not volatile and does not conflict
3039 with anything stored in `loop_info->store_mems'. */
3042 loop_invariant_p (loop
, x
)
3043 const struct loop
*loop
;
3046 struct loop_info
*loop_info
= LOOP_INFO (loop
);
3047 struct loop_regs
*regs
= LOOP_REGS (loop
);
3049 register enum rtx_code code
;
3050 register const char *fmt
;
3051 int conditional
= 0;
3056 code
= GET_CODE (x
);
3066 /* A LABEL_REF is normally invariant, however, if we are unrolling
3067 loops, and this label is inside the loop, then it isn't invariant.
3068 This is because each unrolled copy of the loop body will have
3069 a copy of this label. If this was invariant, then an insn loading
3070 the address of this label into a register might get moved outside
3071 the loop, and then each loop body would end up using the same label.
3073 We don't know the loop bounds here though, so just fail for all
3075 if (flag_unroll_loops
)
3082 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
3086 /* We used to check RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) here, but that is invalid
3087 since the reg might be set by initialization within the loop. */
3089 if ((x
== frame_pointer_rtx
|| x
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
3090 || x
== arg_pointer_rtx
)
3091 && ! current_function_has_nonlocal_goto
)
3094 if (LOOP_INFO (loop
)->has_call
3095 && REGNO (x
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
&& call_used_regs
[REGNO (x
)])
3098 if (regs
->array
[REGNO (x
)].set_in_loop
< 0)
3101 return regs
->array
[REGNO (x
)].set_in_loop
== 0;
3104 /* Volatile memory references must be rejected. Do this before
3105 checking for read-only items, so that volatile read-only items
3106 will be rejected also. */
3107 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x
))
3110 /* See if there is any dependence between a store and this load. */
3111 mem_list_entry
= loop_info
->store_mems
;
3112 while (mem_list_entry
)
3114 if (true_dependence (XEXP (mem_list_entry
, 0), VOIDmode
,
3118 mem_list_entry
= XEXP (mem_list_entry
, 1);
3121 /* It's not invalidated by a store in memory
3122 but we must still verify the address is invariant. */
3126 /* Don't mess with insns declared volatile. */
3127 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x
))
3135 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
3136 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3140 int tem
= loop_invariant_p (loop
, XEXP (x
, i
));
3146 else if (fmt
[i
] == 'E')
3149 for (j
= 0; j
< XVECLEN (x
, i
); j
++)
3151 int tem
= loop_invariant_p (loop
, XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
));
3161 return 1 + conditional
;
3164 /* Return nonzero if all the insns in the loop that set REG
3165 are INSN and the immediately following insns,
3166 and if each of those insns sets REG in an invariant way
3167 (not counting uses of REG in them).
3169 The value is 2 if some of these insns are only conditionally invariant.
3171 We assume that INSN itself is the first set of REG
3172 and that its source is invariant. */
3175 consec_sets_invariant_p (loop
, reg
, n_sets
, insn
)
3176 const struct loop
*loop
;
3180 struct loop_regs
*regs
= LOOP_REGS (loop
);
3182 unsigned int regno
= REGNO (reg
);
3184 /* Number of sets we have to insist on finding after INSN. */
3185 int count
= n_sets
- 1;
3186 int old
= regs
->array
[regno
].set_in_loop
;
3190 /* If N_SETS hit the limit, we can't rely on its value. */
3194 regs
->array
[regno
].set_in_loop
= 0;
3198 register enum rtx_code code
;
3202 code
= GET_CODE (p
);
3204 /* If library call, skip to end of it. */
3205 if (code
== INSN
&& (temp
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_LIBCALL
, NULL_RTX
)))
3210 && (set
= single_set (p
))
3211 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
3212 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set
)) == regno
)
3214 this = loop_invariant_p (loop
, SET_SRC (set
));
3217 else if ((temp
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_EQUAL
, NULL_RTX
)))
3219 /* If this is a libcall, then any invariant REG_EQUAL note is OK.
3220 If this is an ordinary insn, then only CONSTANT_P REG_EQUAL
3222 this = (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp
, 0))
3223 || (find_reg_note (p
, REG_RETVAL
, NULL_RTX
)
3224 && loop_invariant_p (loop
, XEXP (temp
, 0))));
3231 else if (code
!= NOTE
)
3233 regs
->array
[regno
].set_in_loop
= old
;
3238 regs
->array
[regno
].set_in_loop
= old
;
3239 /* If loop_invariant_p ever returned 2, we return 2. */
3240 return 1 + (value
& 2);
3244 /* I don't think this condition is sufficient to allow INSN
3245 to be moved, so we no longer test it. */
3247 /* Return 1 if all insns in the basic block of INSN and following INSN
3248 that set REG are invariant according to TABLE. */
3251 all_sets_invariant_p (reg
, insn
, table
)
3255 register rtx p
= insn
;
3256 register int regno
= REGNO (reg
);
3260 register enum rtx_code code
;
3262 code
= GET_CODE (p
);
3263 if (code
== CODE_LABEL
|| code
== JUMP_INSN
)
3265 if (code
== INSN
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (p
)) == SET
3266 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p
))) == REG
3267 && REGNO (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p
))) == regno
)
3269 if (! loop_invariant_p (loop
, SET_SRC (PATTERN (p
)), table
))
3276 /* Look at all uses (not sets) of registers in X. For each, if it is
3277 the single use, set USAGE[REGNO] to INSN; if there was a previous use in
3278 a different insn, set USAGE[REGNO] to const0_rtx. */
3281 find_single_use_in_loop (regs
, insn
, x
)
3282 struct loop_regs
*regs
;
3286 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (x
);
3287 const char *fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
3291 regs
->array
[REGNO (x
)].single_usage
3292 = (regs
->array
[REGNO (x
)].single_usage
!= 0
3293 && regs
->array
[REGNO (x
)].single_usage
!= insn
)
3294 ? const0_rtx
: insn
;
3296 else if (code
== SET
)
3298 /* Don't count SET_DEST if it is a REG; otherwise count things
3299 in SET_DEST because if a register is partially modified, it won't
3300 show up as a potential movable so we don't care how USAGE is set
3302 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x
)) != REG
)
3303 find_single_use_in_loop (regs
, insn
, SET_DEST (x
));
3304 find_single_use_in_loop (regs
, insn
, SET_SRC (x
));
3307 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3309 if (fmt
[i
] == 'e' && XEXP (x
, i
) != 0)
3310 find_single_use_in_loop (regs
, insn
, XEXP (x
, i
));
3311 else if (fmt
[i
] == 'E')
3312 for (j
= XVECLEN (x
, i
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
3313 find_single_use_in_loop (regs
, insn
, XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
));
3317 /* Count and record any set in X which is contained in INSN. Update
3318 REGS->array[I].MAY_NOT_OPTIMIZE and LAST_SET for any register I set
3322 count_one_set (regs
, insn
, x
, last_set
)
3323 struct loop_regs
*regs
;
3327 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CLOBBER
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
)
3328 /* Don't move a reg that has an explicit clobber.
3329 It's not worth the pain to try to do it correctly. */
3330 regs
->array
[REGNO (XEXP (x
, 0))].may_not_optimize
= 1;
3332 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SET
|| GET_CODE (x
) == CLOBBER
)
3334 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (x
);
3335 while (GET_CODE (dest
) == SUBREG
3336 || GET_CODE (dest
) == ZERO_EXTRACT
3337 || GET_CODE (dest
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
3338 || GET_CODE (dest
) == STRICT_LOW_PART
)
3339 dest
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
3340 if (GET_CODE (dest
) == REG
)
3342 register int regno
= REGNO (dest
);
3343 /* If this is the first setting of this reg
3344 in current basic block, and it was set before,
3345 it must be set in two basic blocks, so it cannot
3346 be moved out of the loop. */
3347 if (regs
->array
[regno
].set_in_loop
> 0
3349 regs
->array
[regno
].may_not_optimize
= 1;
3350 /* If this is not first setting in current basic block,
3351 see if reg was used in between previous one and this.
3352 If so, neither one can be moved. */
3353 if (last_set
[regno
] != 0
3354 && reg_used_between_p (dest
, last_set
[regno
], insn
))
3355 regs
->array
[regno
].may_not_optimize
= 1;
3356 if (regs
->array
[regno
].set_in_loop
< 127)
3357 ++regs
->array
[regno
].set_in_loop
;
3358 last_set
[regno
] = insn
;
3363 /* Given a loop that is bounded by LOOP->START and LOOP->END and that
3364 is entered at LOOP->SCAN_START, return 1 if the register set in SET
3365 contained in insn INSN is used by any insn that precedes INSN in
3366 cyclic order starting from the loop entry point.
3368 We don't want to use INSN_LUID here because if we restrict INSN to those
3369 that have a valid INSN_LUID, it means we cannot move an invariant out
3370 from an inner loop past two loops. */
3373 loop_reg_used_before_p (loop
, set
, insn
)
3374 const struct loop
*loop
;
3377 rtx reg
= SET_DEST (set
);
3380 /* Scan forward checking for register usage. If we hit INSN, we
3381 are done. Otherwise, if we hit LOOP->END, wrap around to LOOP->START. */
3382 for (p
= loop
->scan_start
; p
!= insn
; p
= NEXT_INSN (p
))
3384 if (INSN_P (p
) && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg
, PATTERN (p
)))
3394 /* A "basic induction variable" or biv is a pseudo reg that is set
3395 (within this loop) only by incrementing or decrementing it. */
3396 /* A "general induction variable" or giv is a pseudo reg whose
3397 value is a linear function of a biv. */
3399 /* Bivs are recognized by `basic_induction_var';
3400 Givs by `general_induction_var'. */
3402 /* Communication with routines called via `note_stores'. */
3404 static rtx note_insn
;
3406 /* Dummy register to have non-zero DEST_REG for DEST_ADDR type givs. */
3408 static rtx addr_placeholder
;
3410 /* ??? Unfinished optimizations, and possible future optimizations,
3411 for the strength reduction code. */
3413 /* ??? The interaction of biv elimination, and recognition of 'constant'
3414 bivs, may cause problems. */
3416 /* ??? Add heuristics so that DEST_ADDR strength reduction does not cause
3417 performance problems.
3419 Perhaps don't eliminate things that can be combined with an addressing
3420 mode. Find all givs that have the same biv, mult_val, and add_val;
3421 then for each giv, check to see if its only use dies in a following
3422 memory address. If so, generate a new memory address and check to see
3423 if it is valid. If it is valid, then store the modified memory address,
3424 otherwise, mark the giv as not done so that it will get its own iv. */
3426 /* ??? Could try to optimize branches when it is known that a biv is always
3429 /* ??? When replace a biv in a compare insn, we should replace with closest
3430 giv so that an optimized branch can still be recognized by the combiner,
3431 e.g. the VAX acb insn. */
3433 /* ??? Many of the checks involving uid_luid could be simplified if regscan
3434 was rerun in loop_optimize whenever a register was added or moved.
3435 Also, some of the optimizations could be a little less conservative. */
3437 /* Scan the loop body and call FNCALL for each insn. In the addition to the
3438 LOOP and INSN parameters pass MAYBE_MULTIPLE and NOT_EVERY_ITERATION to the
3441 NOT_EVERY_ITERATION if current insn is not executed at least once for every
3442 loop iteration except for the last one.
3444 MAYBE_MULTIPLE is 1 if current insn may be executed more than once for every
3448 for_each_insn_in_loop (loop
, fncall
)
3450 loop_insn_callback fncall
;
3452 /* This is 1 if current insn is not executed at least once for every loop
3454 int not_every_iteration
= 0;
3455 int maybe_multiple
= 0;
3456 int past_loop_latch
= 0;
3460 /* If loop_scan_start points to the loop exit test, we have to be wary of
3461 subversive use of gotos inside expression statements. */
3462 if (prev_nonnote_insn (loop
->scan_start
) != prev_nonnote_insn (loop
->start
))
3463 maybe_multiple
= back_branch_in_range_p (loop
, loop
->scan_start
);
3465 /* Scan through loop to find all possible bivs. */
3467 for (p
= next_insn_in_loop (loop
, loop
->scan_start
);
3469 p
= next_insn_in_loop (loop
, p
))
3471 p
= fncall (loop
, p
, not_every_iteration
, maybe_multiple
);
3473 /* Past CODE_LABEL, we get to insns that may be executed multiple
3474 times. The only way we can be sure that they can't is if every
3475 jump insn between here and the end of the loop either
3476 returns, exits the loop, is a jump to a location that is still
3477 behind the label, or is a jump to the loop start. */
3479 if (GET_CODE (p
) == CODE_LABEL
)
3487 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
3488 if (insn
== loop
->scan_start
)
3490 if (insn
== loop
->end
)
3496 if (insn
== loop
->scan_start
)
3500 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
3501 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) != RETURN
3502 && (!any_condjump_p (insn
)
3503 || (JUMP_LABEL (insn
) != 0
3504 && JUMP_LABEL (insn
) != loop
->scan_start
3505 && !loop_insn_first_p (p
, JUMP_LABEL (insn
)))))
3513 /* Past a jump, we get to insns for which we can't count
3514 on whether they will be executed during each iteration. */
3515 /* This code appears twice in strength_reduce. There is also similar
3516 code in scan_loop. */
3517 if (GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
3518 /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around to the
3519 beginning, don't set not_every_iteration for that.
3520 This can be any kind of jump, since we want to know if insns
3521 will be executed if the loop is executed. */
3522 && !(JUMP_LABEL (p
) == loop
->top
3523 && ((NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p
)) == loop
->end
3524 && any_uncondjump_p (p
))
3525 || (NEXT_INSN (p
) == loop
->end
&& any_condjump_p (p
)))))
3529 /* If this is a jump outside the loop, then it also doesn't
3530 matter. Check to see if the target of this branch is on the
3531 loop->exits_labels list. */
3533 for (label
= loop
->exit_labels
; label
; label
= LABEL_NEXTREF (label
))
3534 if (XEXP (label
, 0) == JUMP_LABEL (p
))
3538 not_every_iteration
= 1;
3541 else if (GET_CODE (p
) == NOTE
)
3543 /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
3544 be executed each iteration: logically, the loop begins here
3545 even though the exit code has been duplicated.
3547 Insns are also again known to be executed each iteration at
3548 the LOOP_CONT note. */
3549 if ((NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p
) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP
3550 || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p
) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT
)
3552 not_every_iteration
= 0;
3553 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p
) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
)
3555 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p
) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END
)
3559 /* Note if we pass a loop latch. If we do, then we can not clear
3560 NOT_EVERY_ITERATION below when we pass the last CODE_LABEL in
3561 a loop since a jump before the last CODE_LABEL may have started
3562 a new loop iteration.
3564 Note that LOOP_TOP is only set for rotated loops and we need
3565 this check for all loops, so compare against the CODE_LABEL
3566 which immediately follows LOOP_START. */
3567 if (GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
3568 && JUMP_LABEL (p
) == NEXT_INSN (loop
->start
))
3569 past_loop_latch
= 1;
3571 /* Unlike in the code motion pass where MAYBE_NEVER indicates that
3572 an insn may never be executed, NOT_EVERY_ITERATION indicates whether
3573 or not an insn is known to be executed each iteration of the
3574 loop, whether or not any iterations are known to occur.
3576 Therefore, if we have just passed a label and have no more labels
3577 between here and the test insn of the loop, and we have not passed
3578 a jump to the top of the loop, then we know these insns will be
3579 executed each iteration. */
3581 if (not_every_iteration
3583 && GET_CODE (p
) == CODE_LABEL
3584 && no_labels_between_p (p
, loop
->end
)
3585 && loop_insn_first_p (p
, loop
->cont
))
3586 not_every_iteration
= 0;
3591 loop_bivs_find (loop
)
3594 struct loop_regs
*regs
= LOOP_REGS (loop
);
3595 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
3596 /* Temporary list pointers for traversing ivs->list. */
3597 struct iv_class
*bl
, **backbl
;
3601 for_each_insn_in_loop (loop
, check_insn_for_bivs
);
3603 /* Scan ivs->list to remove all regs that proved not to be bivs.
3604 Make a sanity check against regs->n_times_set. */
3605 for (backbl
= &ivs
->list
, bl
= *backbl
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
3607 if (REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, bl
->regno
) != BASIC_INDUCT
3608 /* Above happens if register modified by subreg, etc. */
3609 /* Make sure it is not recognized as a basic induction var: */
3610 || regs
->array
[bl
->regno
].n_times_set
!= bl
->biv_count
3611 /* If never incremented, it is invariant that we decided not to
3612 move. So leave it alone. */
3613 || ! bl
->incremented
)
3615 if (loop_dump_stream
)
3616 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "Biv %d: discarded, %s\n",
3618 (REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, bl
->regno
) != BASIC_INDUCT
3619 ? "not induction variable"
3620 : (! bl
->incremented
? "never incremented"
3623 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, bl
->regno
) = NOT_BASIC_INDUCT
;
3630 if (loop_dump_stream
)
3631 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "Biv %d: verified\n", bl
->regno
);
3637 /* Determine how BIVS are initialised by looking through pre-header
3638 extended basic block. */
3640 loop_bivs_init_find (loop
)
3643 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
3644 /* Temporary list pointers for traversing ivs->list. */
3645 struct iv_class
*bl
;
3649 /* Find initial value for each biv by searching backwards from loop_start,
3650 halting at first label. Also record any test condition. */
3653 for (p
= loop
->start
; p
&& GET_CODE (p
) != CODE_LABEL
; p
= PREV_INSN (p
))
3659 if (GET_CODE (p
) == CALL_INSN
)
3663 note_stores (PATTERN (p
), record_initial
, ivs
);
3665 /* Record any test of a biv that branches around the loop if no store
3666 between it and the start of loop. We only care about tests with
3667 constants and registers and only certain of those. */
3668 if (GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
3669 && JUMP_LABEL (p
) != 0
3670 && next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (p
)) == next_real_insn (loop
->end
)
3671 && (test
= get_condition_for_loop (loop
, p
)) != 0
3672 && GET_CODE (XEXP (test
, 0)) == REG
3673 && REGNO (XEXP (test
, 0)) < max_reg_before_loop
3674 && (bl
= REG_IV_CLASS (ivs
, REGNO (XEXP (test
, 0)))) != 0
3675 && valid_initial_value_p (XEXP (test
, 1), p
, call_seen
, loop
->start
)
3676 && bl
->init_insn
== 0)
3678 /* If an NE test, we have an initial value! */
3679 if (GET_CODE (test
) == NE
)
3682 bl
->init_set
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
,
3683 XEXP (test
, 0), XEXP (test
, 1));
3686 bl
->initial_test
= test
;
3692 /* Look at the each biv and see if we can say anything better about its
3693 initial value from any initializing insns set up above. (This is done
3694 in two passes to avoid missing SETs in a PARALLEL.) */
3696 loop_bivs_check (loop
)
3699 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
3700 /* Temporary list pointers for traversing ivs->list. */
3701 struct iv_class
*bl
;
3702 struct iv_class
**backbl
;
3704 for (backbl
= &ivs
->list
; (bl
= *backbl
); backbl
= &bl
->next
)
3709 if (! bl
->init_insn
)
3712 /* IF INIT_INSN has a REG_EQUAL or REG_EQUIV note and the value
3713 is a constant, use the value of that. */
3714 if (((note
= find_reg_note (bl
->init_insn
, REG_EQUAL
, 0)) != NULL
3715 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (note
, 0)))
3716 || ((note
= find_reg_note (bl
->init_insn
, REG_EQUIV
, 0)) != NULL
3717 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (note
, 0))))
3718 src
= XEXP (note
, 0);
3720 src
= SET_SRC (bl
->init_set
);
3722 if (loop_dump_stream
)
3723 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
3724 "Biv %d: initialized at insn %d: initial value ",
3725 bl
->regno
, INSN_UID (bl
->init_insn
));
3727 if ((GET_MODE (src
) == GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx
[bl
->regno
])
3728 || GET_MODE (src
) == VOIDmode
)
3729 && valid_initial_value_p (src
, bl
->init_insn
,
3730 LOOP_INFO (loop
)->pre_header_has_call
,
3733 bl
->initial_value
= src
;
3735 if (loop_dump_stream
)
3737 print_simple_rtl (loop_dump_stream
, src
);
3738 fputc ('\n', loop_dump_stream
);
3741 /* If we can't make it a giv,
3742 let biv keep initial value of "itself". */
3743 else if (loop_dump_stream
)
3744 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "is complex\n");
3749 /* Search the loop for general induction variables. */
3752 loop_givs_find (loop
)
3755 for_each_insn_in_loop (loop
, check_insn_for_givs
);
3759 /* For each giv for which we still don't know whether or not it is
3760 replaceable, check to see if it is replaceable because its final value
3761 can be calculated. */
3764 loop_givs_check (loop
)
3767 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
3768 struct iv_class
*bl
;
3770 for (bl
= ivs
->list
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
3772 struct induction
*v
;
3774 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
3775 if (! v
->replaceable
&& ! v
->not_replaceable
)
3776 check_final_value (loop
, v
);
3781 /* Return non-zero if it is possible to eliminate the biv BL provided
3782 all givs are reduced. This is possible if either the reg is not
3783 used outside the loop, or we can compute what its final value will
3787 loop_biv_eliminable_p (loop
, bl
, threshold
, insn_count
)
3789 struct iv_class
*bl
;
3793 /* For architectures with a decrement_and_branch_until_zero insn,
3794 don't do this if we put a REG_NONNEG note on the endtest for this
3797 #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero
3800 if (loop_dump_stream
)
3801 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
3802 "Cannot eliminate nonneg biv %d.\n", bl
->regno
);
3807 /* Check that biv is used outside loop or if it has a final value.
3808 Compare against bl->init_insn rather than loop->start. We aren't
3809 concerned with any uses of the biv between init_insn and
3810 loop->start since these won't be affected by the value of the biv
3811 elsewhere in the function, so long as init_insn doesn't use the
3814 if ((REGNO_LAST_LUID (bl
->regno
) < INSN_LUID (loop
->end
)
3816 && INSN_UID (bl
->init_insn
) < max_uid_for_loop
3817 && REGNO_FIRST_LUID (bl
->regno
) >= INSN_LUID (bl
->init_insn
)
3818 && ! reg_mentioned_p (bl
->biv
->dest_reg
, SET_SRC (bl
->init_set
)))
3819 || (bl
->final_value
= final_biv_value (loop
, bl
)))
3820 return maybe_eliminate_biv (loop
, bl
, 0, threshold
, insn_count
);
3822 if (loop_dump_stream
)
3824 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
3825 "Cannot eliminate biv %d.\n",
3827 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
3828 "First use: insn %d, last use: insn %d.\n",
3829 REGNO_FIRST_UID (bl
->regno
),
3830 REGNO_LAST_UID (bl
->regno
));
3836 /* Reduce each giv of BL that we have decided to reduce. */
3839 loop_givs_reduce (loop
, bl
)
3841 struct iv_class
*bl
;
3843 struct induction
*v
;
3845 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
3847 struct induction
*tv
;
3848 if (! v
->ignore
&& v
->same
== 0)
3850 int auto_inc_opt
= 0;
3852 /* If the code for derived givs immediately below has already
3853 allocated a new_reg, we must keep it. */
3855 v
->new_reg
= gen_reg_rtx (v
->mode
);
3858 /* If the target has auto-increment addressing modes, and
3859 this is an address giv, then try to put the increment
3860 immediately after its use, so that flow can create an
3861 auto-increment addressing mode. */
3862 if (v
->giv_type
== DEST_ADDR
&& bl
->biv_count
== 1
3863 && bl
->biv
->always_executed
&& ! bl
->biv
->maybe_multiple
3864 /* We don't handle reversed biv's because bl->biv->insn
3865 does not have a valid INSN_LUID. */
3867 && v
->always_executed
&& ! v
->maybe_multiple
3868 && INSN_UID (v
->insn
) < max_uid_for_loop
)
3870 /* If other giv's have been combined with this one, then
3871 this will work only if all uses of the other giv's occur
3872 before this giv's insn. This is difficult to check.
3874 We simplify this by looking for the common case where
3875 there is one DEST_REG giv, and this giv's insn is the
3876 last use of the dest_reg of that DEST_REG giv. If the
3877 increment occurs after the address giv, then we can
3878 perform the optimization. (Otherwise, the increment
3879 would have to go before other_giv, and we would not be
3880 able to combine it with the address giv to get an
3881 auto-inc address.) */
3882 if (v
->combined_with
)
3884 struct induction
*other_giv
= 0;
3886 for (tv
= bl
->giv
; tv
; tv
= tv
->next_iv
)
3894 if (! tv
&& other_giv
3895 && REGNO (other_giv
->dest_reg
) < max_reg_before_loop
3896 && (REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (other_giv
->dest_reg
))
3897 == INSN_UID (v
->insn
))
3898 && INSN_LUID (v
->insn
) < INSN_LUID (bl
->biv
->insn
))
3901 /* Check for case where increment is before the address
3902 giv. Do this test in "loop order". */
3903 else if ((INSN_LUID (v
->insn
) > INSN_LUID (bl
->biv
->insn
)
3904 && (INSN_LUID (v
->insn
) < INSN_LUID (loop
->scan_start
)
3905 || (INSN_LUID (bl
->biv
->insn
)
3906 > INSN_LUID (loop
->scan_start
))))
3907 || (INSN_LUID (v
->insn
) < INSN_LUID (loop
->scan_start
)
3908 && (INSN_LUID (loop
->scan_start
)
3909 < INSN_LUID (bl
->biv
->insn
))))
3918 /* We can't put an insn immediately after one setting
3919 cc0, or immediately before one using cc0. */
3920 if ((auto_inc_opt
== 1 && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (v
->insn
)))
3921 || (auto_inc_opt
== -1
3922 && (prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (v
->insn
)) != 0
3924 && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (prev
))))
3930 v
->auto_inc_opt
= 1;
3934 /* For each place where the biv is incremented, add an insn
3935 to increment the new, reduced reg for the giv. */
3936 for (tv
= bl
->biv
; tv
; tv
= tv
->next_iv
)
3941 insert_before
= tv
->insn
;
3942 else if (auto_inc_opt
== 1)
3943 insert_before
= NEXT_INSN (v
->insn
);
3945 insert_before
= v
->insn
;
3947 if (tv
->mult_val
== const1_rtx
)
3948 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop
, tv
->add_val
, v
->mult_val
,
3949 v
->new_reg
, v
->new_reg
,
3951 else /* tv->mult_val == const0_rtx */
3952 /* A multiply is acceptable here
3953 since this is presumed to be seldom executed. */
3954 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop
, tv
->add_val
, v
->mult_val
,
3955 v
->add_val
, v
->new_reg
,
3959 /* Add code at loop start to initialize giv's reduced reg. */
3961 loop_iv_add_mult_hoist (loop
,
3962 extend_value_for_giv (v
, bl
->initial_value
),
3963 v
->mult_val
, v
->add_val
, v
->new_reg
);
3969 /* Check for givs whose first use is their definition and whose
3970 last use is the definition of another giv. If so, it is likely
3971 dead and should not be used to derive another giv nor to
3975 loop_givs_dead_check (loop
, bl
)
3976 struct loop
*loop ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
3977 struct iv_class
*bl
;
3979 struct induction
*v
;
3981 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
3984 || (v
->same
&& v
->same
->ignore
))
3987 if (v
->giv_type
== DEST_REG
3988 && REGNO_FIRST_UID (REGNO (v
->dest_reg
)) == INSN_UID (v
->insn
))
3990 struct induction
*v1
;
3992 for (v1
= bl
->giv
; v1
; v1
= v1
->next_iv
)
3993 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (v
->dest_reg
)) == INSN_UID (v1
->insn
))
4001 loop_givs_rescan (loop
, bl
, reg_map
)
4003 struct iv_class
*bl
;
4006 struct induction
*v
;
4008 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
4010 if (v
->same
&& v
->same
->ignore
)
4016 /* Update expression if this was combined, in case other giv was
4019 v
->new_reg
= replace_rtx (v
->new_reg
,
4020 v
->same
->dest_reg
, v
->same
->new_reg
);
4022 /* See if this register is known to be a pointer to something. If
4023 so, see if we can find the alignment. First see if there is a
4024 destination register that is a pointer. If so, this shares the
4025 alignment too. Next see if we can deduce anything from the
4026 computational information. If not, and this is a DEST_ADDR
4027 giv, at least we know that it's a pointer, though we don't know
4029 if (GET_CODE (v
->new_reg
) == REG
4030 && v
->giv_type
== DEST_REG
4031 && REG_POINTER (v
->dest_reg
))
4032 mark_reg_pointer (v
->new_reg
,
4033 REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (v
->dest_reg
)));
4034 else if (GET_CODE (v
->new_reg
) == REG
4035 && REG_POINTER (v
->src_reg
))
4037 unsigned int align
= REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (v
->src_reg
));
4040 || GET_CODE (v
->add_val
) != CONST_INT
4041 || INTVAL (v
->add_val
) % (align
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
) != 0)
4044 mark_reg_pointer (v
->new_reg
, align
);
4046 else if (GET_CODE (v
->new_reg
) == REG
4047 && GET_CODE (v
->add_val
) == REG
4048 && REG_POINTER (v
->add_val
))
4050 unsigned int align
= REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (v
->add_val
));
4052 if (align
== 0 || GET_CODE (v
->mult_val
) != CONST_INT
4053 || INTVAL (v
->mult_val
) % (align
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
) != 0)
4056 mark_reg_pointer (v
->new_reg
, align
);
4058 else if (GET_CODE (v
->new_reg
) == REG
&& v
->giv_type
== DEST_ADDR
)
4059 mark_reg_pointer (v
->new_reg
, 0);
4061 if (v
->giv_type
== DEST_ADDR
)
4062 /* Store reduced reg as the address in the memref where we found
4064 validate_change (v
->insn
, v
->location
, v
->new_reg
, 0);
4065 else if (v
->replaceable
)
4067 reg_map
[REGNO (v
->dest_reg
)] = v
->new_reg
;
4071 /* Not replaceable; emit an insn to set the original giv reg from
4072 the reduced giv, same as above. */
4073 loop_insn_emit_after (loop
, 0, v
->insn
,
4074 gen_move_insn (v
->dest_reg
, v
->new_reg
));
4077 /* When a loop is reversed, givs which depend on the reversed
4078 biv, and which are live outside the loop, must be set to their
4079 correct final value. This insn is only needed if the giv is
4080 not replaceable. The correct final value is the same as the
4081 value that the giv starts the reversed loop with. */
4082 if (bl
->reversed
&& ! v
->replaceable
)
4083 loop_iv_add_mult_sink (loop
,
4084 extend_value_for_giv (v
, bl
->initial_value
),
4085 v
->mult_val
, v
->add_val
, v
->dest_reg
);
4086 else if (v
->final_value
)
4087 loop_insn_sink_or_swim (loop
,
4088 gen_move_insn (v
->dest_reg
, v
->final_value
));
4090 if (loop_dump_stream
)
4092 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "giv at %d reduced to ",
4093 INSN_UID (v
->insn
));
4094 print_simple_rtl (loop_dump_stream
, v
->new_reg
);
4095 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "\n");
4102 loop_giv_reduce_benefit (loop
, bl
, v
, test_reg
)
4103 struct loop
*loop ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4104 struct iv_class
*bl
;
4105 struct induction
*v
;
4111 benefit
= v
->benefit
;
4112 PUT_MODE (test_reg
, v
->mode
);
4113 add_cost
= iv_add_mult_cost (bl
->biv
->add_val
, v
->mult_val
,
4114 test_reg
, test_reg
);
4116 /* Reduce benefit if not replaceable, since we will insert a
4117 move-insn to replace the insn that calculates this giv. Don't do
4118 this unless the giv is a user variable, since it will often be
4119 marked non-replaceable because of the duplication of the exit
4120 code outside the loop. In such a case, the copies we insert are
4121 dead and will be deleted. So they don't have a cost. Similar
4122 situations exist. */
4123 /* ??? The new final_[bg]iv_value code does a much better job of
4124 finding replaceable giv's, and hence this code may no longer be
4126 if (! v
->replaceable
&& ! bl
->eliminable
4127 && REG_USERVAR_P (v
->dest_reg
))
4128 benefit
-= copy_cost
;
4130 /* Decrease the benefit to count the add-insns that we will insert
4131 to increment the reduced reg for the giv. ??? This can
4132 overestimate the run-time cost of the additional insns, e.g. if
4133 there are multiple basic blocks that increment the biv, but only
4134 one of these blocks is executed during each iteration. There is
4135 no good way to detect cases like this with the current structure
4136 of the loop optimizer. This code is more accurate for
4137 determining code size than run-time benefits. */
4138 benefit
-= add_cost
* bl
->biv_count
;
4140 /* Decide whether to strength-reduce this giv or to leave the code
4141 unchanged (recompute it from the biv each time it is used). This
4142 decision can be made independently for each giv. */
4145 /* Attempt to guess whether autoincrement will handle some of the
4146 new add insns; if so, increase BENEFIT (undo the subtraction of
4147 add_cost that was done above). */
4148 if (v
->giv_type
== DEST_ADDR
4149 /* Increasing the benefit is risky, since this is only a guess.
4150 Avoid increasing register pressure in cases where there would
4151 be no other benefit from reducing this giv. */
4153 && GET_CODE (v
->mult_val
) == CONST_INT
)
4155 int size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (v
->mem
));
4157 if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
4158 && INTVAL (v
->mult_val
) == size
)
4159 benefit
+= add_cost
* bl
->biv_count
;
4160 else if (HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
4161 && INTVAL (v
->mult_val
) == size
)
4162 benefit
+= add_cost
* bl
->biv_count
;
4163 else if (HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
4164 && -INTVAL (v
->mult_val
) == size
)
4165 benefit
+= add_cost
* bl
->biv_count
;
4166 else if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
4167 && -INTVAL (v
->mult_val
) == size
)
4168 benefit
+= add_cost
* bl
->biv_count
;
4176 /* Free IV structures for LOOP. */
4179 loop_ivs_free (loop
)
4182 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
4183 struct iv_class
*iv
= ivs
->list
;
4189 struct iv_class
*next
= iv
->next
;
4190 struct induction
*induction
;
4191 struct induction
*next_induction
;
4193 for (induction
= iv
->biv
; induction
; induction
= next_induction
)
4195 next_induction
= induction
->next_iv
;
4198 for (induction
= iv
->giv
; induction
; induction
= next_induction
)
4200 next_induction
= induction
->next_iv
;
4210 /* Perform strength reduction and induction variable elimination.
4212 Pseudo registers created during this function will be beyond the
4213 last valid index in several tables including
4214 REGS->ARRAY[I].N_TIMES_SET and REGNO_LAST_UID. This does not cause a
4215 problem here, because the added registers cannot be givs outside of
4216 their loop, and hence will never be reconsidered. But scan_loop
4217 must check regnos to make sure they are in bounds. */
4220 strength_reduce (loop
, flags
)
4224 struct loop_info
*loop_info
= LOOP_INFO (loop
);
4225 struct loop_regs
*regs
= LOOP_REGS (loop
);
4226 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
4228 /* Temporary list pointer for traversing ivs->list. */
4229 struct iv_class
*bl
;
4230 /* Ratio of extra register life span we can justify
4231 for saving an instruction. More if loop doesn't call subroutines
4232 since in that case saving an insn makes more difference
4233 and more registers are available. */
4234 /* ??? could set this to last value of threshold in move_movables */
4235 int threshold
= (loop_info
->has_call
? 1 : 2) * (3 + n_non_fixed_regs
);
4236 /* Map of pseudo-register replacements. */
4237 rtx
*reg_map
= NULL
;
4239 int unrolled_insn_copies
= 0;
4240 rtx test_reg
= gen_rtx_REG (word_mode
, LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER
+ 1);
4241 int insn_count
= count_insns_in_loop (loop
);
4243 addr_placeholder
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
4245 ivs
->n_regs
= max_reg_before_loop
;
4246 ivs
->regs
= (struct iv
*) xcalloc (ivs
->n_regs
, sizeof (struct iv
));
4248 /* Find all BIVs in loop. */
4249 loop_bivs_find (loop
);
4251 /* Exit if there are no bivs. */
4254 /* Can still unroll the loop anyways, but indicate that there is no
4255 strength reduction info available. */
4256 if (flags
& LOOP_UNROLL
)
4257 unroll_loop (loop
, insn_count
, 0);
4259 loop_ivs_free (loop
);
4263 /* Determine how BIVS are initialised by looking through pre-header
4264 extended basic block. */
4265 loop_bivs_init_find (loop
);
4267 /* Look at the each biv and see if we can say anything better about its
4268 initial value from any initializing insns set up above. */
4269 loop_bivs_check (loop
);
4271 /* Search the loop for general induction variables. */
4272 loop_givs_find (loop
);
4274 /* Try to calculate and save the number of loop iterations. This is
4275 set to zero if the actual number can not be calculated. This must
4276 be called after all giv's have been identified, since otherwise it may
4277 fail if the iteration variable is a giv. */
4278 loop_iterations (loop
);
4280 /* Now for each giv for which we still don't know whether or not it is
4281 replaceable, check to see if it is replaceable because its final value
4282 can be calculated. This must be done after loop_iterations is called,
4283 so that final_giv_value will work correctly. */
4284 loop_givs_check (loop
);
4286 /* Try to prove that the loop counter variable (if any) is always
4287 nonnegative; if so, record that fact with a REG_NONNEG note
4288 so that "decrement and branch until zero" insn can be used. */
4289 check_dbra_loop (loop
, insn_count
);
4291 /* Create reg_map to hold substitutions for replaceable giv regs.
4292 Some givs might have been made from biv increments, so look at
4293 ivs->reg_iv_type for a suitable size. */
4294 reg_map_size
= ivs
->n_regs
;
4295 reg_map
= (rtx
*) xcalloc (reg_map_size
, sizeof (rtx
));
4297 /* Examine each iv class for feasibility of strength reduction/induction
4298 variable elimination. */
4300 for (bl
= ivs
->list
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4302 struct induction
*v
;
4305 /* Test whether it will be possible to eliminate this biv
4306 provided all givs are reduced. */
4307 bl
->eliminable
= loop_biv_eliminable_p (loop
, bl
, threshold
, insn_count
);
4309 /* This will be true at the end, if all givs which depend on this
4310 biv have been strength reduced.
4311 We can't (currently) eliminate the biv unless this is so. */
4312 bl
->all_reduced
= 1;
4314 /* Check each extension dependent giv in this class to see if its
4315 root biv is safe from wrapping in the interior mode. */
4316 check_ext_dependant_givs (bl
, loop_info
);
4318 /* Combine all giv's for this iv_class. */
4319 combine_givs (regs
, bl
);
4321 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
4323 struct induction
*tv
;
4325 if (v
->ignore
|| v
->same
)
4328 benefit
= loop_giv_reduce_benefit (loop
, bl
, v
, test_reg
);
4330 /* If an insn is not to be strength reduced, then set its ignore
4331 flag, and clear bl->all_reduced. */
4333 /* A giv that depends on a reversed biv must be reduced if it is
4334 used after the loop exit, otherwise, it would have the wrong
4335 value after the loop exit. To make it simple, just reduce all
4336 of such giv's whether or not we know they are used after the loop
4339 if (! flag_reduce_all_givs
4340 && v
->lifetime
* threshold
* benefit
< insn_count
4343 if (loop_dump_stream
)
4344 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
4345 "giv of insn %d not worth while, %d vs %d.\n",
4347 v
->lifetime
* threshold
* benefit
, insn_count
);
4349 bl
->all_reduced
= 0;
4353 /* Check that we can increment the reduced giv without a
4354 multiply insn. If not, reject it. */
4356 for (tv
= bl
->biv
; tv
; tv
= tv
->next_iv
)
4357 if (tv
->mult_val
== const1_rtx
4358 && ! product_cheap_p (tv
->add_val
, v
->mult_val
))
4360 if (loop_dump_stream
)
4361 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
4362 "giv of insn %d: would need a multiply.\n",
4363 INSN_UID (v
->insn
));
4365 bl
->all_reduced
= 0;
4371 /* Check for givs whose first use is their definition and whose
4372 last use is the definition of another giv. If so, it is likely
4373 dead and should not be used to derive another giv nor to
4375 loop_givs_dead_check (loop
, bl
);
4377 /* Reduce each giv that we decided to reduce. */
4378 loop_givs_reduce (loop
, bl
);
4380 /* Rescan all givs. If a giv is the same as a giv not reduced, mark it
4383 For each giv register that can be reduced now: if replaceable,
4384 substitute reduced reg wherever the old giv occurs;
4385 else add new move insn "giv_reg = reduced_reg". */
4386 loop_givs_rescan (loop
, bl
, reg_map
);
4388 /* All the givs based on the biv bl have been reduced if they
4391 /* For each giv not marked as maybe dead that has been combined with a
4392 second giv, clear any "maybe dead" mark on that second giv.
4393 v->new_reg will either be or refer to the register of the giv it
4396 Doing this clearing avoids problems in biv elimination where
4397 a giv's new_reg is a complex value that can't be put in the
4398 insn but the giv combined with (with a reg as new_reg) is
4399 marked maybe_dead. Since the register will be used in either
4400 case, we'd prefer it be used from the simpler giv. */
4402 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
4403 if (! v
->maybe_dead
&& v
->same
)
4404 v
->same
->maybe_dead
= 0;
4406 /* Try to eliminate the biv, if it is a candidate.
4407 This won't work if ! bl->all_reduced,
4408 since the givs we planned to use might not have been reduced.
4410 We have to be careful that we didn't initially think we could
4411 eliminate this biv because of a giv that we now think may be
4412 dead and shouldn't be used as a biv replacement.
4414 Also, there is the possibility that we may have a giv that looks
4415 like it can be used to eliminate a biv, but the resulting insn
4416 isn't valid. This can happen, for example, on the 88k, where a
4417 JUMP_INSN can compare a register only with zero. Attempts to
4418 replace it with a compare with a constant will fail.
4420 Note that in cases where this call fails, we may have replaced some
4421 of the occurrences of the biv with a giv, but no harm was done in
4422 doing so in the rare cases where it can occur. */
4424 if (bl
->all_reduced
== 1 && bl
->eliminable
4425 && maybe_eliminate_biv (loop
, bl
, 1, threshold
, insn_count
))
4427 /* ?? If we created a new test to bypass the loop entirely,
4428 or otherwise drop straight in, based on this test, then
4429 we might want to rewrite it also. This way some later
4430 pass has more hope of removing the initialization of this
4433 /* If final_value != 0, then the biv may be used after loop end
4434 and we must emit an insn to set it just in case.
4436 Reversed bivs already have an insn after the loop setting their
4437 value, so we don't need another one. We can't calculate the
4438 proper final value for such a biv here anyways. */
4439 if (bl
->final_value
&& ! bl
->reversed
)
4440 loop_insn_sink_or_swim (loop
, gen_move_insn
4441 (bl
->biv
->dest_reg
, bl
->final_value
));
4443 if (loop_dump_stream
)
4444 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "Reg %d: biv eliminated\n",
4449 /* Go through all the instructions in the loop, making all the
4450 register substitutions scheduled in REG_MAP. */
4452 for (p
= loop
->start
; p
!= loop
->end
; p
= NEXT_INSN (p
))
4453 if (GET_CODE (p
) == INSN
|| GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
4454 || GET_CODE (p
) == CALL_INSN
)
4456 replace_regs (PATTERN (p
), reg_map
, reg_map_size
, 0);
4457 replace_regs (REG_NOTES (p
), reg_map
, reg_map_size
, 0);
4461 if (loop_info
->n_iterations
> 0)
4463 /* When we completely unroll a loop we will likely not need the increment
4464 of the loop BIV and we will not need the conditional branch at the
4466 unrolled_insn_copies
= insn_count
- 2;
4469 /* When we completely unroll a loop on a HAVE_cc0 machine we will not
4470 need the comparison before the conditional branch at the end of the
4472 unrolled_insn_copies
-= 1;
4475 /* We'll need one copy for each loop iteration. */
4476 unrolled_insn_copies
*= loop_info
->n_iterations
;
4478 /* A little slop to account for the ability to remove initialization
4479 code, better CSE, and other secondary benefits of completely
4480 unrolling some loops. */
4481 unrolled_insn_copies
-= 1;
4483 /* Clamp the value. */
4484 if (unrolled_insn_copies
< 0)
4485 unrolled_insn_copies
= 0;
4488 /* Unroll loops from within strength reduction so that we can use the
4489 induction variable information that strength_reduce has already
4490 collected. Always unroll loops that would be as small or smaller
4491 unrolled than when rolled. */
4492 if ((flags
& LOOP_UNROLL
)
4493 || (loop_info
->n_iterations
> 0
4494 && unrolled_insn_copies
<= insn_count
))
4495 unroll_loop (loop
, insn_count
, 1);
4497 #ifdef HAVE_doloop_end
4498 if (HAVE_doloop_end
&& (flags
& LOOP_BCT
) && flag_branch_on_count_reg
)
4499 doloop_optimize (loop
);
4500 #endif /* HAVE_doloop_end */
4502 /* In case number of iterations is known, drop branch prediction note
4503 in the branch. Do that only in second loop pass, as loop unrolling
4504 may change the number of iterations performed. */
4505 if ((flags
& LOOP_BCT
)
4506 && loop_info
->n_iterations
/ loop_info
->unroll_number
> 1)
4508 int n
= loop_info
->n_iterations
/ loop_info
->unroll_number
;
4509 predict_insn (PREV_INSN (loop
->end
),
4510 PRED_LOOP_ITERATIONS
,
4511 REG_BR_PROB_BASE
- REG_BR_PROB_BASE
/ n
);
4514 if (loop_dump_stream
)
4515 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "\n");
4517 loop_ivs_free (loop
);
4522 /*Record all basic induction variables calculated in the insn. */
4524 check_insn_for_bivs (loop
, p
, not_every_iteration
, maybe_multiple
)
4527 int not_every_iteration
;
4530 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
4537 if (GET_CODE (p
) == INSN
4538 && (set
= single_set (p
))
4539 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
)
4541 dest_reg
= SET_DEST (set
);
4542 if (REGNO (dest_reg
) < max_reg_before_loop
4543 && REGNO (dest_reg
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
4544 && REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, REGNO (dest_reg
)) != NOT_BASIC_INDUCT
)
4546 if (basic_induction_var (loop
, SET_SRC (set
),
4547 GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set
)),
4548 dest_reg
, p
, &inc_val
, &mult_val
,
4551 /* It is a possible basic induction variable.
4552 Create and initialize an induction structure for it. */
4555 = (struct induction
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct induction
));
4557 record_biv (loop
, v
, p
, dest_reg
, inc_val
, mult_val
, location
,
4558 not_every_iteration
, maybe_multiple
);
4559 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, REGNO (dest_reg
)) = BASIC_INDUCT
;
4561 else if (REGNO (dest_reg
) < ivs
->n_regs
)
4562 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, REGNO (dest_reg
)) = NOT_BASIC_INDUCT
;
4568 /* Record all givs calculated in the insn.
4569 A register is a giv if: it is only set once, it is a function of a
4570 biv and a constant (or invariant), and it is not a biv. */
4572 check_insn_for_givs (loop
, p
, not_every_iteration
, maybe_multiple
)
4575 int not_every_iteration
;
4578 struct loop_regs
*regs
= LOOP_REGS (loop
);
4581 /* Look for a general induction variable in a register. */
4582 if (GET_CODE (p
) == INSN
4583 && (set
= single_set (p
))
4584 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
4585 && ! regs
->array
[REGNO (SET_DEST (set
))].may_not_optimize
)
4594 rtx last_consec_insn
;
4596 dest_reg
= SET_DEST (set
);
4597 if (REGNO (dest_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
4600 if (/* SET_SRC is a giv. */
4601 (general_induction_var (loop
, SET_SRC (set
), &src_reg
, &add_val
,
4602 &mult_val
, &ext_val
, 0, &benefit
, VOIDmode
)
4603 /* Equivalent expression is a giv. */
4604 || ((regnote
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_EQUAL
, NULL_RTX
))
4605 && general_induction_var (loop
, XEXP (regnote
, 0), &src_reg
,
4606 &add_val
, &mult_val
, &ext_val
, 0,
4607 &benefit
, VOIDmode
)))
4608 /* Don't try to handle any regs made by loop optimization.
4609 We have nothing on them in regno_first_uid, etc. */
4610 && REGNO (dest_reg
) < max_reg_before_loop
4611 /* Don't recognize a BASIC_INDUCT_VAR here. */
4612 && dest_reg
!= src_reg
4613 /* This must be the only place where the register is set. */
4614 && (regs
->array
[REGNO (dest_reg
)].n_times_set
== 1
4615 /* or all sets must be consecutive and make a giv. */
4616 || (benefit
= consec_sets_giv (loop
, benefit
, p
,
4618 &add_val
, &mult_val
, &ext_val
,
4619 &last_consec_insn
))))
4622 = (struct induction
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct induction
));
4624 /* If this is a library call, increase benefit. */
4625 if (find_reg_note (p
, REG_RETVAL
, NULL_RTX
))
4626 benefit
+= libcall_benefit (p
);
4628 /* Skip the consecutive insns, if there are any. */
4629 if (regs
->array
[REGNO (dest_reg
)].n_times_set
!= 1)
4630 p
= last_consec_insn
;
4632 record_giv (loop
, v
, p
, src_reg
, dest_reg
, mult_val
, add_val
,
4633 ext_val
, benefit
, DEST_REG
, not_every_iteration
,
4634 maybe_multiple
, (rtx
*)0);
4639 #ifndef DONT_REDUCE_ADDR
4640 /* Look for givs which are memory addresses. */
4641 /* This resulted in worse code on a VAX 8600. I wonder if it
4643 if (GET_CODE (p
) == INSN
)
4644 find_mem_givs (loop
, PATTERN (p
), p
, not_every_iteration
,
4648 /* Update the status of whether giv can derive other givs. This can
4649 change when we pass a label or an insn that updates a biv. */
4650 if (GET_CODE (p
) == INSN
|| GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
4651 || GET_CODE (p
) == CODE_LABEL
)
4652 update_giv_derive (loop
, p
);
4656 /* Return 1 if X is a valid source for an initial value (or as value being
4657 compared against in an initial test).
4659 X must be either a register or constant and must not be clobbered between
4660 the current insn and the start of the loop.
4662 INSN is the insn containing X. */
4665 valid_initial_value_p (x
, insn
, call_seen
, loop_start
)
4674 /* Only consider pseudos we know about initialized in insns whose luids
4676 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
4677 || REGNO (x
) >= max_reg_before_loop
)
4680 /* Don't use call-clobbered registers across a call which clobbers it. On
4681 some machines, don't use any hard registers at all. */
4682 if (REGNO (x
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
4683 && (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
4684 || (call_used_regs
[REGNO (x
)] && call_seen
)))
4687 /* Don't use registers that have been clobbered before the start of the
4689 if (reg_set_between_p (x
, insn
, loop_start
))
4695 /* Scan X for memory refs and check each memory address
4696 as a possible giv. INSN is the insn whose pattern X comes from.
4697 NOT_EVERY_ITERATION is 1 if the insn might not be executed during
4698 every loop iteration. MAYBE_MULTIPLE is 1 if the insn might be executed
4699 more thanonce in each loop iteration. */
4702 find_mem_givs (loop
, x
, insn
, not_every_iteration
, maybe_multiple
)
4703 const struct loop
*loop
;
4706 int not_every_iteration
, maybe_multiple
;
4709 register enum rtx_code code
;
4710 register const char *fmt
;
4715 code
= GET_CODE (x
);
4740 /* This code used to disable creating GIVs with mult_val == 1 and
4741 add_val == 0. However, this leads to lost optimizations when
4742 it comes time to combine a set of related DEST_ADDR GIVs, since
4743 this one would not be seen. */
4745 if (general_induction_var (loop
, XEXP (x
, 0), &src_reg
, &add_val
,
4746 &mult_val
, &ext_val
, 1, &benefit
,
4749 /* Found one; record it. */
4751 = (struct induction
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct induction
));
4753 record_giv (loop
, v
, insn
, src_reg
, addr_placeholder
, mult_val
,
4754 add_val
, ext_val
, benefit
, DEST_ADDR
,
4755 not_every_iteration
, maybe_multiple
, &XEXP (x
, 0));
4766 /* Recursively scan the subexpressions for other mem refs. */
4768 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
4769 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4771 find_mem_givs (loop
, XEXP (x
, i
), insn
, not_every_iteration
,
4773 else if (fmt
[i
] == 'E')
4774 for (j
= 0; j
< XVECLEN (x
, i
); j
++)
4775 find_mem_givs (loop
, XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
), insn
, not_every_iteration
,
4779 /* Fill in the data about one biv update.
4780 V is the `struct induction' in which we record the biv. (It is
4781 allocated by the caller, with alloca.)
4782 INSN is the insn that sets it.
4783 DEST_REG is the biv's reg.
4785 MULT_VAL is const1_rtx if the biv is being incremented here, in which case
4786 INC_VAL is the increment. Otherwise, MULT_VAL is const0_rtx and the biv is
4787 being set to INC_VAL.
4789 NOT_EVERY_ITERATION is nonzero if this biv update is not know to be
4790 executed every iteration; MAYBE_MULTIPLE is nonzero if this biv update
4791 can be executed more than once per iteration. If MAYBE_MULTIPLE
4792 and NOT_EVERY_ITERATION are both zero, we know that the biv update is
4793 executed exactly once per iteration. */
4796 record_biv (loop
, v
, insn
, dest_reg
, inc_val
, mult_val
, location
,
4797 not_every_iteration
, maybe_multiple
)
4799 struct induction
*v
;
4805 int not_every_iteration
;
4808 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
4809 struct iv_class
*bl
;
4812 v
->src_reg
= dest_reg
;
4813 v
->dest_reg
= dest_reg
;
4814 v
->mult_val
= mult_val
;
4815 v
->add_val
= inc_val
;
4816 v
->ext_dependant
= NULL_RTX
;
4817 v
->location
= location
;
4818 v
->mode
= GET_MODE (dest_reg
);
4819 v
->always_computable
= ! not_every_iteration
;
4820 v
->always_executed
= ! not_every_iteration
;
4821 v
->maybe_multiple
= maybe_multiple
;
4823 /* Add this to the reg's iv_class, creating a class
4824 if this is the first incrementation of the reg. */
4826 bl
= REG_IV_CLASS (ivs
, REGNO (dest_reg
));
4829 /* Create and initialize new iv_class. */
4831 bl
= (struct iv_class
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct iv_class
));
4833 bl
->regno
= REGNO (dest_reg
);
4839 /* Set initial value to the reg itself. */
4840 bl
->initial_value
= dest_reg
;
4841 bl
->final_value
= 0;
4842 /* We haven't seen the initializing insn yet */
4845 bl
->initial_test
= 0;
4846 bl
->incremented
= 0;
4850 bl
->total_benefit
= 0;
4852 /* Add this class to ivs->list. */
4853 bl
->next
= ivs
->list
;
4856 /* Put it in the array of biv register classes. */
4857 REG_IV_CLASS (ivs
, REGNO (dest_reg
)) = bl
;
4860 /* Update IV_CLASS entry for this biv. */
4861 v
->next_iv
= bl
->biv
;
4864 if (mult_val
== const1_rtx
)
4865 bl
->incremented
= 1;
4867 if (loop_dump_stream
)
4868 loop_biv_dump (v
, loop_dump_stream
, 0);
4871 /* Fill in the data about one giv.
4872 V is the `struct induction' in which we record the giv. (It is
4873 allocated by the caller, with alloca.)
4874 INSN is the insn that sets it.
4875 BENEFIT estimates the savings from deleting this insn.
4876 TYPE is DEST_REG or DEST_ADDR; it says whether the giv is computed
4877 into a register or is used as a memory address.
4879 SRC_REG is the biv reg which the giv is computed from.
4880 DEST_REG is the giv's reg (if the giv is stored in a reg).
4881 MULT_VAL and ADD_VAL are the coefficients used to compute the giv.
4882 LOCATION points to the place where this giv's value appears in INSN. */
4885 record_giv (loop
, v
, insn
, src_reg
, dest_reg
, mult_val
, add_val
, ext_val
,
4886 benefit
, type
, not_every_iteration
, maybe_multiple
, location
)
4887 const struct loop
*loop
;
4888 struct induction
*v
;
4892 rtx mult_val
, add_val
, ext_val
;
4895 int not_every_iteration
, maybe_multiple
;
4898 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
4899 struct induction
*b
;
4900 struct iv_class
*bl
;
4901 rtx set
= single_set (insn
);
4904 /* Attempt to prove constantness of the values. */
4905 temp
= simplify_rtx (add_val
);
4910 v
->src_reg
= src_reg
;
4912 v
->dest_reg
= dest_reg
;
4913 v
->mult_val
= mult_val
;
4914 v
->add_val
= add_val
;
4915 v
->ext_dependant
= ext_val
;
4916 v
->benefit
= benefit
;
4917 v
->location
= location
;
4919 v
->combined_with
= 0;
4920 v
->maybe_multiple
= maybe_multiple
;
4922 v
->derive_adjustment
= 0;
4928 v
->auto_inc_opt
= 0;
4932 /* The v->always_computable field is used in update_giv_derive, to
4933 determine whether a giv can be used to derive another giv. For a
4934 DEST_REG giv, INSN computes a new value for the giv, so its value
4935 isn't computable if INSN insn't executed every iteration.
4936 However, for a DEST_ADDR giv, INSN merely uses the value of the giv;
4937 it does not compute a new value. Hence the value is always computable
4938 regardless of whether INSN is executed each iteration. */
4940 if (type
== DEST_ADDR
)
4941 v
->always_computable
= 1;
4943 v
->always_computable
= ! not_every_iteration
;
4945 v
->always_executed
= ! not_every_iteration
;
4947 if (type
== DEST_ADDR
)
4949 v
->mode
= GET_MODE (*location
);
4952 else /* type == DEST_REG */
4954 v
->mode
= GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set
));
4956 v
->lifetime
= LOOP_REG_LIFETIME (loop
, REGNO (dest_reg
));
4958 /* If the lifetime is zero, it means that this register is
4959 really a dead store. So mark this as a giv that can be
4960 ignored. This will not prevent the biv from being eliminated. */
4961 if (v
->lifetime
== 0)
4964 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, REGNO (dest_reg
)) = GENERAL_INDUCT
;
4965 REG_IV_INFO (ivs
, REGNO (dest_reg
)) = v
;
4968 /* Add the giv to the class of givs computed from one biv. */
4970 bl
= REG_IV_CLASS (ivs
, REGNO (src_reg
));
4973 v
->next_iv
= bl
->giv
;
4975 /* Don't count DEST_ADDR. This is supposed to count the number of
4976 insns that calculate givs. */
4977 if (type
== DEST_REG
)
4979 bl
->total_benefit
+= benefit
;
4982 /* Fatal error, biv missing for this giv? */
4985 if (type
== DEST_ADDR
)
4989 /* The giv can be replaced outright by the reduced register only if all
4990 of the following conditions are true:
4991 - the insn that sets the giv is always executed on any iteration
4992 on which the giv is used at all
4993 (there are two ways to deduce this:
4994 either the insn is executed on every iteration,
4995 or all uses follow that insn in the same basic block),
4996 - the giv is not used outside the loop
4997 - no assignments to the biv occur during the giv's lifetime. */
4999 if (REGNO_FIRST_UID (REGNO (dest_reg
)) == INSN_UID (insn
)
5000 /* Previous line always fails if INSN was moved by loop opt. */
5001 && REGNO_LAST_LUID (REGNO (dest_reg
))
5002 < INSN_LUID (loop
->end
)
5003 && (! not_every_iteration
5004 || last_use_this_basic_block (dest_reg
, insn
)))
5006 /* Now check that there are no assignments to the biv within the
5007 giv's lifetime. This requires two separate checks. */
5009 /* Check each biv update, and fail if any are between the first
5010 and last use of the giv.
5012 If this loop contains an inner loop that was unrolled, then
5013 the insn modifying the biv may have been emitted by the loop
5014 unrolling code, and hence does not have a valid luid. Just
5015 mark the biv as not replaceable in this case. It is not very
5016 useful as a biv, because it is used in two different loops.
5017 It is very unlikely that we would be able to optimize the giv
5018 using this biv anyways. */
5021 for (b
= bl
->biv
; b
; b
= b
->next_iv
)
5023 if (INSN_UID (b
->insn
) >= max_uid_for_loop
5024 || ((INSN_LUID (b
->insn
)
5025 >= REGNO_FIRST_LUID (REGNO (dest_reg
)))
5026 && (INSN_LUID (b
->insn
)
5027 <= REGNO_LAST_LUID (REGNO (dest_reg
)))))
5030 v
->not_replaceable
= 1;
5035 /* If there are any backwards branches that go from after the
5036 biv update to before it, then this giv is not replaceable. */
5038 for (b
= bl
->biv
; b
; b
= b
->next_iv
)
5039 if (back_branch_in_range_p (loop
, b
->insn
))
5042 v
->not_replaceable
= 1;
5048 /* May still be replaceable, we don't have enough info here to
5051 v
->not_replaceable
= 0;
5055 /* Record whether the add_val contains a const_int, for later use by
5060 v
->no_const_addval
= 1;
5061 if (tem
== const0_rtx
)
5063 else if (CONSTANT_P (add_val
))
5064 v
->no_const_addval
= 0;
5065 if (GET_CODE (tem
) == PLUS
)
5069 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem
, 0)) == PLUS
)
5070 tem
= XEXP (tem
, 0);
5071 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem
, 1)) == PLUS
)
5072 tem
= XEXP (tem
, 1);
5076 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (tem
, 1)))
5077 v
->no_const_addval
= 0;
5081 if (loop_dump_stream
)
5082 loop_giv_dump (v
, loop_dump_stream
, 0);
5085 /* All this does is determine whether a giv can be made replaceable because
5086 its final value can be calculated. This code can not be part of record_giv
5087 above, because final_giv_value requires that the number of loop iterations
5088 be known, and that can not be accurately calculated until after all givs
5089 have been identified. */
5092 check_final_value (loop
, v
)
5093 const struct loop
*loop
;
5094 struct induction
*v
;
5096 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
5097 struct iv_class
*bl
;
5098 rtx final_value
= 0;
5100 bl
= REG_IV_CLASS (ivs
, REGNO (v
->src_reg
));
5102 /* DEST_ADDR givs will never reach here, because they are always marked
5103 replaceable above in record_giv. */
5105 /* The giv can be replaced outright by the reduced register only if all
5106 of the following conditions are true:
5107 - the insn that sets the giv is always executed on any iteration
5108 on which the giv is used at all
5109 (there are two ways to deduce this:
5110 either the insn is executed on every iteration,
5111 or all uses follow that insn in the same basic block),
5112 - its final value can be calculated (this condition is different
5113 than the one above in record_giv)
5114 - it's not used before the it's set
5115 - no assignments to the biv occur during the giv's lifetime. */
5118 /* This is only called now when replaceable is known to be false. */
5119 /* Clear replaceable, so that it won't confuse final_giv_value. */
5123 if ((final_value
= final_giv_value (loop
, v
))
5124 && (v
->always_computable
|| last_use_this_basic_block (v
->dest_reg
, v
->insn
)))
5126 int biv_increment_seen
= 0, before_giv_insn
= 0;
5132 /* When trying to determine whether or not a biv increment occurs
5133 during the lifetime of the giv, we can ignore uses of the variable
5134 outside the loop because final_value is true. Hence we can not
5135 use regno_last_uid and regno_first_uid as above in record_giv. */
5137 /* Search the loop to determine whether any assignments to the
5138 biv occur during the giv's lifetime. Start with the insn
5139 that sets the giv, and search around the loop until we come
5140 back to that insn again.
5142 Also fail if there is a jump within the giv's lifetime that jumps
5143 to somewhere outside the lifetime but still within the loop. This
5144 catches spaghetti code where the execution order is not linear, and
5145 hence the above test fails. Here we assume that the giv lifetime
5146 does not extend from one iteration of the loop to the next, so as
5147 to make the test easier. Since the lifetime isn't known yet,
5148 this requires two loops. See also record_giv above. */
5150 last_giv_use
= v
->insn
;
5157 before_giv_insn
= 1;
5158 p
= NEXT_INSN (loop
->start
);
5163 if (GET_CODE (p
) == INSN
|| GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
5164 || GET_CODE (p
) == CALL_INSN
)
5166 /* It is possible for the BIV increment to use the GIV if we
5167 have a cycle. Thus we must be sure to check each insn for
5168 both BIV and GIV uses, and we must check for BIV uses
5171 if (! biv_increment_seen
5172 && reg_set_p (v
->src_reg
, PATTERN (p
)))
5173 biv_increment_seen
= 1;
5175 if (reg_mentioned_p (v
->dest_reg
, PATTERN (p
)))
5177 if (biv_increment_seen
|| before_giv_insn
)
5180 v
->not_replaceable
= 1;
5188 /* Now that the lifetime of the giv is known, check for branches
5189 from within the lifetime to outside the lifetime if it is still
5199 p
= NEXT_INSN (loop
->start
);
5200 if (p
== last_giv_use
)
5203 if (GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
&& JUMP_LABEL (p
)
5204 && LABEL_NAME (JUMP_LABEL (p
))
5205 && ((loop_insn_first_p (JUMP_LABEL (p
), v
->insn
)
5206 && loop_insn_first_p (loop
->start
, JUMP_LABEL (p
)))
5207 || (loop_insn_first_p (last_giv_use
, JUMP_LABEL (p
))
5208 && loop_insn_first_p (JUMP_LABEL (p
), loop
->end
))))
5211 v
->not_replaceable
= 1;
5213 if (loop_dump_stream
)
5214 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
5215 "Found branch outside giv lifetime.\n");
5222 /* If it is replaceable, then save the final value. */
5224 v
->final_value
= final_value
;
5227 if (loop_dump_stream
&& v
->replaceable
)
5228 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "Insn %d: giv reg %d final_value replaceable\n",
5229 INSN_UID (v
->insn
), REGNO (v
->dest_reg
));
5232 /* Update the status of whether a giv can derive other givs.
5234 We need to do something special if there is or may be an update to the biv
5235 between the time the giv is defined and the time it is used to derive
5238 In addition, a giv that is only conditionally set is not allowed to
5239 derive another giv once a label has been passed.
5241 The cases we look at are when a label or an update to a biv is passed. */
5244 update_giv_derive (loop
, p
)
5245 const struct loop
*loop
;
5248 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
5249 struct iv_class
*bl
;
5250 struct induction
*biv
, *giv
;
5254 /* Search all IV classes, then all bivs, and finally all givs.
5256 There are three cases we are concerned with. First we have the situation
5257 of a giv that is only updated conditionally. In that case, it may not
5258 derive any givs after a label is passed.
5260 The second case is when a biv update occurs, or may occur, after the
5261 definition of a giv. For certain biv updates (see below) that are
5262 known to occur between the giv definition and use, we can adjust the
5263 giv definition. For others, or when the biv update is conditional,
5264 we must prevent the giv from deriving any other givs. There are two
5265 sub-cases within this case.
5267 If this is a label, we are concerned with any biv update that is done
5268 conditionally, since it may be done after the giv is defined followed by
5269 a branch here (actually, we need to pass both a jump and a label, but
5270 this extra tracking doesn't seem worth it).
5272 If this is a jump, we are concerned about any biv update that may be
5273 executed multiple times. We are actually only concerned about
5274 backward jumps, but it is probably not worth performing the test
5275 on the jump again here.
5277 If this is a biv update, we must adjust the giv status to show that a
5278 subsequent biv update was performed. If this adjustment cannot be done,
5279 the giv cannot derive further givs. */
5281 for (bl
= ivs
->list
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5282 for (biv
= bl
->biv
; biv
; biv
= biv
->next_iv
)
5283 if (GET_CODE (p
) == CODE_LABEL
|| GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
5286 for (giv
= bl
->giv
; giv
; giv
= giv
->next_iv
)
5288 /* If cant_derive is already true, there is no point in
5289 checking all of these conditions again. */
5290 if (giv
->cant_derive
)
5293 /* If this giv is conditionally set and we have passed a label,
5294 it cannot derive anything. */
5295 if (GET_CODE (p
) == CODE_LABEL
&& ! giv
->always_computable
)
5296 giv
->cant_derive
= 1;
5298 /* Skip givs that have mult_val == 0, since
5299 they are really invariants. Also skip those that are
5300 replaceable, since we know their lifetime doesn't contain
5302 else if (giv
->mult_val
== const0_rtx
|| giv
->replaceable
)
5305 /* The only way we can allow this giv to derive another
5306 is if this is a biv increment and we can form the product
5307 of biv->add_val and giv->mult_val. In this case, we will
5308 be able to compute a compensation. */
5309 else if (biv
->insn
== p
)
5314 if (biv
->mult_val
== const1_rtx
)
5315 tem
= simplify_giv_expr (loop
,
5316 gen_rtx_MULT (giv
->mode
,
5319 &ext_val_dummy
, &dummy
);
5321 if (tem
&& giv
->derive_adjustment
)
5322 tem
= simplify_giv_expr
5324 gen_rtx_PLUS (giv
->mode
, tem
, giv
->derive_adjustment
),
5325 &ext_val_dummy
, &dummy
);
5328 giv
->derive_adjustment
= tem
;
5330 giv
->cant_derive
= 1;
5332 else if ((GET_CODE (p
) == CODE_LABEL
&& ! biv
->always_computable
)
5333 || (GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
&& biv
->maybe_multiple
))
5334 giv
->cant_derive
= 1;
5339 /* Check whether an insn is an increment legitimate for a basic induction var.
5340 X is the source of insn P, or a part of it.
5341 MODE is the mode in which X should be interpreted.
5343 DEST_REG is the putative biv, also the destination of the insn.
5344 We accept patterns of these forms:
5345 REG = REG + INVARIANT (includes REG = REG - CONSTANT)
5346 REG = INVARIANT + REG
5348 If X is suitable, we return 1, set *MULT_VAL to CONST1_RTX,
5349 store the additive term into *INC_VAL, and store the place where
5350 we found the additive term into *LOCATION.
5352 If X is an assignment of an invariant into DEST_REG, we set
5353 *MULT_VAL to CONST0_RTX, and store the invariant into *INC_VAL.
5355 We also want to detect a BIV when it corresponds to a variable
5356 whose mode was promoted via PROMOTED_MODE. In that case, an increment
5357 of the variable may be a PLUS that adds a SUBREG of that variable to
5358 an invariant and then sign- or zero-extends the result of the PLUS
5361 Most GIVs in such cases will be in the promoted mode, since that is the
5362 probably the natural computation mode (and almost certainly the mode
5363 used for addresses) on the machine. So we view the pseudo-reg containing
5364 the variable as the BIV, as if it were simply incremented.
5366 Note that treating the entire pseudo as a BIV will result in making
5367 simple increments to any GIVs based on it. However, if the variable
5368 overflows in its declared mode but not its promoted mode, the result will
5369 be incorrect. This is acceptable if the variable is signed, since
5370 overflows in such cases are undefined, but not if it is unsigned, since
5371 those overflows are defined. So we only check for SIGN_EXTEND and
5374 If we cannot find a biv, we return 0. */
5377 basic_induction_var (loop
, x
, mode
, dest_reg
, p
, inc_val
, mult_val
, location
)
5378 const struct loop
*loop
;
5380 enum machine_mode mode
;
5387 register enum rtx_code code
;
5391 code
= GET_CODE (x
);
5396 if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x
, 0), dest_reg
)
5397 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SUBREG
5398 && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (XEXP (x
, 0))
5399 && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 0)) == dest_reg
))
5401 argp
= &XEXP (x
, 1);
5403 else if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x
, 1), dest_reg
)
5404 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == SUBREG
5405 && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (XEXP (x
, 1))
5406 && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x
, 1)) == dest_reg
))
5408 argp
= &XEXP (x
, 0);
5414 if (loop_invariant_p (loop
, arg
) != 1)
5417 *inc_val
= convert_modes (GET_MODE (dest_reg
), GET_MODE (x
), arg
, 0);
5418 *mult_val
= const1_rtx
;
5423 /* If this is a SUBREG for a promoted variable, check the inner
5425 if (SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x
))
5426 return basic_induction_var (loop
, SUBREG_REG (x
),
5427 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)),
5428 dest_reg
, p
, inc_val
, mult_val
, location
);
5432 /* If this register is assigned in a previous insn, look at its
5433 source, but don't go outside the loop or past a label. */
5435 /* If this sets a register to itself, we would repeat any previous
5436 biv increment if we applied this strategy blindly. */
5437 if (rtx_equal_p (dest_reg
, x
))
5446 insn
= PREV_INSN (insn
);
5448 while (insn
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
5449 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
);
5453 set
= single_set (insn
);
5456 dest
= SET_DEST (set
);
5458 || (GET_CODE (dest
) == SUBREG
5459 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
)) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
)
5460 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (dest
)) == MODE_INT
)
5461 && SUBREG_REG (dest
) == x
))
5462 return basic_induction_var (loop
, SET_SRC (set
),
5463 (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set
)) == VOIDmode
5465 : GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set
))),
5467 inc_val
, mult_val
, location
);
5469 while (GET_CODE (dest
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
5470 || GET_CODE (dest
) == ZERO_EXTRACT
5471 || GET_CODE (dest
) == SUBREG
5472 || GET_CODE (dest
) == STRICT_LOW_PART
)
5473 dest
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
5479 /* Can accept constant setting of biv only when inside inner most loop.
5480 Otherwise, a biv of an inner loop may be incorrectly recognized
5481 as a biv of the outer loop,
5482 causing code to be moved INTO the inner loop. */
5484 if (loop_invariant_p (loop
, x
) != 1)
5489 /* convert_modes aborts if we try to convert to or from CCmode, so just
5490 exclude that case. It is very unlikely that a condition code value
5491 would be a useful iterator anyways. */
5492 if (loop
->level
== 1
5493 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_CC
5494 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (dest_reg
)) != MODE_CC
)
5496 /* Possible bug here? Perhaps we don't know the mode of X. */
5497 *inc_val
= convert_modes (GET_MODE (dest_reg
), mode
, x
, 0);
5498 *mult_val
= const0_rtx
;
5505 return basic_induction_var (loop
, XEXP (x
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0)),
5506 dest_reg
, p
, inc_val
, mult_val
, location
);
5509 /* Similar, since this can be a sign extension. */
5510 for (insn
= PREV_INSN (p
);
5511 (insn
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
5512 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
);
5513 insn
= PREV_INSN (insn
))
5517 set
= single_set (insn
);
5519 if (! rtx_equal_p (dest_reg
, XEXP (x
, 0))
5520 && set
&& SET_DEST (set
) == XEXP (x
, 0)
5521 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
5522 && INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) >= 0
5523 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set
)) == ASHIFT
5524 && XEXP (x
, 1) == XEXP (SET_SRC (set
), 1))
5525 return basic_induction_var (loop
, XEXP (SET_SRC (set
), 0),
5526 GET_MODE (XEXP (x
, 0)),
5527 dest_reg
, insn
, inc_val
, mult_val
,
5536 /* A general induction variable (giv) is any quantity that is a linear
5537 function of a basic induction variable,
5538 i.e. giv = biv * mult_val + add_val.
5539 The coefficients can be any loop invariant quantity.
5540 A giv need not be computed directly from the biv;
5541 it can be computed by way of other givs. */
5543 /* Determine whether X computes a giv.
5544 If it does, return a nonzero value
5545 which is the benefit from eliminating the computation of X;
5546 set *SRC_REG to the register of the biv that it is computed from;
5547 set *ADD_VAL and *MULT_VAL to the coefficients,
5548 such that the value of X is biv * mult + add; */
5551 general_induction_var (loop
, x
, src_reg
, add_val
, mult_val
, ext_val
,
5552 is_addr
, pbenefit
, addr_mode
)
5553 const struct loop
*loop
;
5561 enum machine_mode addr_mode
;
5563 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
5566 /* If this is an invariant, forget it, it isn't a giv. */
5567 if (loop_invariant_p (loop
, x
) == 1)
5571 *ext_val
= NULL_RTX
;
5572 x
= simplify_giv_expr (loop
, x
, ext_val
, pbenefit
);
5576 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
5580 /* Since this is now an invariant and wasn't before, it must be a giv
5581 with MULT_VAL == 0. It doesn't matter which BIV we associate this
5583 *src_reg
= ivs
->list
->biv
->dest_reg
;
5584 *mult_val
= const0_rtx
;
5589 /* This is equivalent to a BIV. */
5591 *mult_val
= const1_rtx
;
5592 *add_val
= const0_rtx
;
5596 /* Either (plus (biv) (invar)) or
5597 (plus (mult (biv) (invar_1)) (invar_2)). */
5598 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MULT
)
5600 *src_reg
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
5601 *mult_val
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1);
5605 *src_reg
= XEXP (x
, 0);
5606 *mult_val
= const1_rtx
;
5608 *add_val
= XEXP (x
, 1);
5612 /* ADD_VAL is zero. */
5613 *src_reg
= XEXP (x
, 0);
5614 *mult_val
= XEXP (x
, 1);
5615 *add_val
= const0_rtx
;
5622 /* Remove any enclosing USE from ADD_VAL and MULT_VAL (there will be
5623 unless they are CONST_INT). */
5624 if (GET_CODE (*add_val
) == USE
)
5625 *add_val
= XEXP (*add_val
, 0);
5626 if (GET_CODE (*mult_val
) == USE
)
5627 *mult_val
= XEXP (*mult_val
, 0);
5630 *pbenefit
+= address_cost (orig_x
, addr_mode
) - reg_address_cost
;
5632 *pbenefit
+= rtx_cost (orig_x
, SET
);
5634 /* Always return true if this is a giv so it will be detected as such,
5635 even if the benefit is zero or negative. This allows elimination
5636 of bivs that might otherwise not be eliminated. */
5640 /* Given an expression, X, try to form it as a linear function of a biv.
5641 We will canonicalize it to be of the form
5642 (plus (mult (BIV) (invar_1))
5644 with possible degeneracies.
5646 The invariant expressions must each be of a form that can be used as a
5647 machine operand. We surround then with a USE rtx (a hack, but localized
5648 and certainly unambiguous!) if not a CONST_INT for simplicity in this
5649 routine; it is the caller's responsibility to strip them.
5651 If no such canonicalization is possible (i.e., two biv's are used or an
5652 expression that is neither invariant nor a biv or giv), this routine
5655 For a non-zero return, the result will have a code of CONST_INT, USE,
5656 REG (for a BIV), PLUS, or MULT. No other codes will occur.
5658 *BENEFIT will be incremented by the benefit of any sub-giv encountered. */
5660 static rtx sge_plus
PARAMS ((enum machine_mode
, rtx
, rtx
));
5661 static rtx sge_plus_constant
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
5664 simplify_giv_expr (loop
, x
, ext_val
, benefit
)
5665 const struct loop
*loop
;
5670 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
5671 struct loop_regs
*regs
= LOOP_REGS (loop
);
5672 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
5676 /* If this is not an integer mode, or if we cannot do arithmetic in this
5677 mode, this can't be a giv. */
5678 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
5679 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
5680 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
))
5683 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
5686 arg0
= simplify_giv_expr (loop
, XEXP (x
, 0), ext_val
, benefit
);
5687 arg1
= simplify_giv_expr (loop
, XEXP (x
, 1), ext_val
, benefit
);
5688 if (arg0
== 0 || arg1
== 0)
5691 /* Put constant last, CONST_INT last if both constant. */
5692 if ((GET_CODE (arg0
) == USE
5693 || GET_CODE (arg0
) == CONST_INT
)
5694 && ! ((GET_CODE (arg0
) == USE
5695 && GET_CODE (arg1
) == USE
)
5696 || GET_CODE (arg1
) == CONST_INT
))
5697 tem
= arg0
, arg0
= arg1
, arg1
= tem
;
5699 /* Handle addition of zero, then addition of an invariant. */
5700 if (arg1
== const0_rtx
)
5702 else if (GET_CODE (arg1
) == CONST_INT
|| GET_CODE (arg1
) == USE
)
5703 switch (GET_CODE (arg0
))
5707 /* Adding two invariants must result in an invariant, so enclose
5708 addition operation inside a USE and return it. */
5709 if (GET_CODE (arg0
) == USE
)
5710 arg0
= XEXP (arg0
, 0);
5711 if (GET_CODE (arg1
) == USE
)
5712 arg1
= XEXP (arg1
, 0);
5714 if (GET_CODE (arg0
) == CONST_INT
)
5715 tem
= arg0
, arg0
= arg1
, arg1
= tem
;
5716 if (GET_CODE (arg1
) == CONST_INT
)
5717 tem
= sge_plus_constant (arg0
, arg1
);
5719 tem
= sge_plus (mode
, arg0
, arg1
);
5721 if (GET_CODE (tem
) != CONST_INT
)
5722 tem
= gen_rtx_USE (mode
, tem
);
5727 /* biv + invar or mult + invar. Return sum. */
5728 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, arg0
, arg1
);
5731 /* (a + invar_1) + invar_2. Associate. */
5733 simplify_giv_expr (loop
,
5745 /* Each argument must be either REG, PLUS, or MULT. Convert REG to
5746 MULT to reduce cases. */
5747 if (GET_CODE (arg0
) == REG
)
5748 arg0
= gen_rtx_MULT (mode
, arg0
, const1_rtx
);
5749 if (GET_CODE (arg1
) == REG
)
5750 arg1
= gen_rtx_MULT (mode
, arg1
, const1_rtx
);
5752 /* Now have PLUS + PLUS, PLUS + MULT, MULT + PLUS, or MULT + MULT.
5753 Put a MULT first, leaving PLUS + PLUS, MULT + PLUS, or MULT + MULT.
5754 Recurse to associate the second PLUS. */
5755 if (GET_CODE (arg1
) == MULT
)
5756 tem
= arg0
, arg0
= arg1
, arg1
= tem
;
5758 if (GET_CODE (arg1
) == PLUS
)
5760 simplify_giv_expr (loop
,
5762 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, arg0
,
5767 /* Now must have MULT + MULT. Distribute if same biv, else not giv. */
5768 if (GET_CODE (arg0
) != MULT
|| GET_CODE (arg1
) != MULT
)
5771 if (!rtx_equal_p (arg0
, arg1
))
5774 return simplify_giv_expr (loop
,
5783 /* Handle "a - b" as "a + b * (-1)". */
5784 return simplify_giv_expr (loop
,
5793 arg0
= simplify_giv_expr (loop
, XEXP (x
, 0), ext_val
, benefit
);
5794 arg1
= simplify_giv_expr (loop
, XEXP (x
, 1), ext_val
, benefit
);
5795 if (arg0
== 0 || arg1
== 0)
5798 /* Put constant last, CONST_INT last if both constant. */
5799 if ((GET_CODE (arg0
) == USE
|| GET_CODE (arg0
) == CONST_INT
)
5800 && GET_CODE (arg1
) != CONST_INT
)
5801 tem
= arg0
, arg0
= arg1
, arg1
= tem
;
5803 /* If second argument is not now constant, not giv. */
5804 if (GET_CODE (arg1
) != USE
&& GET_CODE (arg1
) != CONST_INT
)
5807 /* Handle multiply by 0 or 1. */
5808 if (arg1
== const0_rtx
)
5811 else if (arg1
== const1_rtx
)
5814 switch (GET_CODE (arg0
))
5817 /* biv * invar. Done. */
5818 return gen_rtx_MULT (mode
, arg0
, arg1
);
5821 /* Product of two constants. */
5822 return GEN_INT (INTVAL (arg0
) * INTVAL (arg1
));
5825 /* invar * invar is a giv, but attempt to simplify it somehow. */
5826 if (GET_CODE (arg1
) != CONST_INT
)
5829 arg0
= XEXP (arg0
, 0);
5830 if (GET_CODE (arg0
) == MULT
)
5832 /* (invar_0 * invar_1) * invar_2. Associate. */
5833 return simplify_giv_expr (loop
,
5842 /* Porpagate the MULT expressions to the intermost nodes. */
5843 else if (GET_CODE (arg0
) == PLUS
)
5845 /* (invar_0 + invar_1) * invar_2. Distribute. */
5846 return simplify_giv_expr (loop
,
5858 return gen_rtx_USE (mode
, gen_rtx_MULT (mode
, arg0
, arg1
));
5861 /* (a * invar_1) * invar_2. Associate. */
5862 return simplify_giv_expr (loop
,
5871 /* (a + invar_1) * invar_2. Distribute. */
5872 return simplify_giv_expr (loop
,
5887 /* Shift by constant is multiply by power of two. */
5888 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
5892 simplify_giv_expr (loop
,
5895 GEN_INT ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1
5896 << INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)))),
5900 /* "-a" is "a * (-1)" */
5901 return simplify_giv_expr (loop
,
5902 gen_rtx_MULT (mode
, XEXP (x
, 0), constm1_rtx
),
5906 /* "~a" is "-a - 1". Silly, but easy. */
5907 return simplify_giv_expr (loop
,
5908 gen_rtx_MINUS (mode
,
5909 gen_rtx_NEG (mode
, XEXP (x
, 0)),
5914 /* Already in proper form for invariant. */
5920 /* Conditionally recognize extensions of simple IVs. After we've
5921 computed loop traversal counts and verified the range of the
5922 source IV, we'll reevaluate this as a GIV. */
5923 if (*ext_val
== NULL_RTX
)
5925 arg0
= simplify_giv_expr (loop
, XEXP (x
, 0), ext_val
, benefit
);
5926 if (arg0
&& *ext_val
== NULL_RTX
&& GET_CODE (arg0
) == REG
)
5928 *ext_val
= gen_rtx_fmt_e (GET_CODE (x
), mode
, arg0
);
5935 /* If this is a new register, we can't deal with it. */
5936 if (REGNO (x
) >= max_reg_before_loop
)
5939 /* Check for biv or giv. */
5940 switch (REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, REGNO (x
)))
5944 case GENERAL_INDUCT
:
5946 struct induction
*v
= REG_IV_INFO (ivs
, REGNO (x
));
5948 /* Form expression from giv and add benefit. Ensure this giv
5949 can derive another and subtract any needed adjustment if so. */
5951 /* Increasing the benefit here is risky. The only case in which it
5952 is arguably correct is if this is the only use of V. In other
5953 cases, this will artificially inflate the benefit of the current
5954 giv, and lead to suboptimal code. Thus, it is disabled, since
5955 potentially not reducing an only marginally beneficial giv is
5956 less harmful than reducing many givs that are not really
5959 rtx single_use
= regs
->array
[REGNO (x
)].single_usage
;
5960 if (single_use
&& single_use
!= const0_rtx
)
5961 *benefit
+= v
->benefit
;
5967 tem
= gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, gen_rtx_MULT (mode
,
5968 v
->src_reg
, v
->mult_val
),
5971 if (v
->derive_adjustment
)
5972 tem
= gen_rtx_MINUS (mode
, tem
, v
->derive_adjustment
);
5973 arg0
= simplify_giv_expr (loop
, tem
, ext_val
, benefit
);
5976 if (!v
->ext_dependant
)
5981 *ext_val
= v
->ext_dependant
;
5989 /* If it isn't an induction variable, and it is invariant, we
5990 may be able to simplify things further by looking through
5991 the bits we just moved outside the loop. */
5992 if (loop_invariant_p (loop
, x
) == 1)
5995 struct loop_movables
*movables
= LOOP_MOVABLES (loop
);
5997 for (m
= movables
->head
; m
; m
= m
->next
)
5998 if (rtx_equal_p (x
, m
->set_dest
))
6000 /* Ok, we found a match. Substitute and simplify. */
6002 /* If we match another movable, we must use that, as
6003 this one is going away. */
6005 return simplify_giv_expr (loop
, m
->match
->set_dest
,
6008 /* If consec is non-zero, this is a member of a group of
6009 instructions that were moved together. We handle this
6010 case only to the point of seeking to the last insn and
6011 looking for a REG_EQUAL. Fail if we don't find one. */
6018 tem
= NEXT_INSN (tem
);
6022 tem
= find_reg_note (tem
, REG_EQUAL
, NULL_RTX
);
6024 tem
= XEXP (tem
, 0);
6028 tem
= single_set (m
->insn
);
6030 tem
= SET_SRC (tem
);
6035 /* What we are most interested in is pointer
6036 arithmetic on invariants -- only take
6037 patterns we may be able to do something with. */
6038 if (GET_CODE (tem
) == PLUS
6039 || GET_CODE (tem
) == MULT
6040 || GET_CODE (tem
) == ASHIFT
6041 || GET_CODE (tem
) == CONST_INT
6042 || GET_CODE (tem
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
6044 tem
= simplify_giv_expr (loop
, tem
, ext_val
,
6049 else if (GET_CODE (tem
) == CONST
6050 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tem
, 0)) == PLUS
6051 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem
, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
6052 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)
6054 tem
= simplify_giv_expr (loop
, XEXP (tem
, 0),
6066 /* Fall through to general case. */
6068 /* If invariant, return as USE (unless CONST_INT).
6069 Otherwise, not giv. */
6070 if (GET_CODE (x
) == USE
)
6073 if (loop_invariant_p (loop
, x
) == 1)
6075 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_INT
)
6077 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST
6078 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == PLUS
6079 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
6080 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)
6082 return gen_rtx_USE (mode
, x
);
6089 /* This routine folds invariants such that there is only ever one
6090 CONST_INT in the summation. It is only used by simplify_giv_expr. */
6093 sge_plus_constant (x
, c
)
6096 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_INT
)
6097 return GEN_INT (INTVAL (x
) + INTVAL (c
));
6098 else if (GET_CODE (x
) != PLUS
)
6099 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x
), x
, c
);
6100 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
6102 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x
), XEXP (x
, 0),
6103 GEN_INT (INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) + INTVAL (c
)));
6105 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == PLUS
6106 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) != PLUS
)
6108 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x
),
6109 sge_plus_constant (XEXP (x
, 0), c
), XEXP (x
, 1));
6113 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x
),
6114 sge_plus_constant (XEXP (x
, 1), c
), XEXP (x
, 0));
6119 sge_plus (mode
, x
, y
)
6120 enum machine_mode mode
;
6123 while (GET_CODE (y
) == PLUS
)
6125 rtx a
= XEXP (y
, 0);
6126 if (GET_CODE (a
) == CONST_INT
)
6127 x
= sge_plus_constant (x
, a
);
6129 x
= gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, x
, a
);
6132 if (GET_CODE (y
) == CONST_INT
)
6133 x
= sge_plus_constant (x
, y
);
6135 x
= gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, x
, y
);
6139 /* Help detect a giv that is calculated by several consecutive insns;
6143 The caller has already identified the first insn P as having a giv as dest;
6144 we check that all other insns that set the same register follow
6145 immediately after P, that they alter nothing else,
6146 and that the result of the last is still a giv.
6148 The value is 0 if the reg set in P is not really a giv.
6149 Otherwise, the value is the amount gained by eliminating
6150 all the consecutive insns that compute the value.
6152 FIRST_BENEFIT is the amount gained by eliminating the first insn, P.
6153 SRC_REG is the reg of the biv; DEST_REG is the reg of the giv.
6155 The coefficients of the ultimate giv value are stored in
6156 *MULT_VAL and *ADD_VAL. */
6159 consec_sets_giv (loop
, first_benefit
, p
, src_reg
, dest_reg
,
6160 add_val
, mult_val
, ext_val
, last_consec_insn
)
6161 const struct loop
*loop
;
6169 rtx
*last_consec_insn
;
6171 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
6172 struct loop_regs
*regs
= LOOP_REGS (loop
);
6179 /* Indicate that this is a giv so that we can update the value produced in
6180 each insn of the multi-insn sequence.
6182 This induction structure will be used only by the call to
6183 general_induction_var below, so we can allocate it on our stack.
6184 If this is a giv, our caller will replace the induct var entry with
6185 a new induction structure. */
6186 struct induction
*v
;
6188 if (REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, REGNO (dest_reg
)) != UNKNOWN_INDUCT
)
6191 v
= (struct induction
*) alloca (sizeof (struct induction
));
6192 v
->src_reg
= src_reg
;
6193 v
->mult_val
= *mult_val
;
6194 v
->add_val
= *add_val
;
6195 v
->benefit
= first_benefit
;
6197 v
->derive_adjustment
= 0;
6198 v
->ext_dependant
= NULL_RTX
;
6200 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, REGNO (dest_reg
)) = GENERAL_INDUCT
;
6201 REG_IV_INFO (ivs
, REGNO (dest_reg
)) = v
;
6203 count
= regs
->array
[REGNO (dest_reg
)].n_times_set
- 1;
6208 code
= GET_CODE (p
);
6210 /* If libcall, skip to end of call sequence. */
6211 if (code
== INSN
&& (temp
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_LIBCALL
, NULL_RTX
)))
6215 && (set
= single_set (p
))
6216 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
6217 && SET_DEST (set
) == dest_reg
6218 && (general_induction_var (loop
, SET_SRC (set
), &src_reg
,
6219 add_val
, mult_val
, ext_val
, 0,
6221 /* Giv created by equivalent expression. */
6222 || ((temp
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_EQUAL
, NULL_RTX
))
6223 && general_induction_var (loop
, XEXP (temp
, 0), &src_reg
,
6224 add_val
, mult_val
, ext_val
, 0,
6225 &benefit
, VOIDmode
)))
6226 && src_reg
== v
->src_reg
)
6228 if (find_reg_note (p
, REG_RETVAL
, NULL_RTX
))
6229 benefit
+= libcall_benefit (p
);
6232 v
->mult_val
= *mult_val
;
6233 v
->add_val
= *add_val
;
6234 v
->benefit
+= benefit
;
6236 else if (code
!= NOTE
)
6238 /* Allow insns that set something other than this giv to a
6239 constant. Such insns are needed on machines which cannot
6240 include long constants and should not disqualify a giv. */
6242 && (set
= single_set (p
))
6243 && SET_DEST (set
) != dest_reg
6244 && CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (set
)))
6247 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, REGNO (dest_reg
)) = UNKNOWN_INDUCT
;
6252 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, REGNO (dest_reg
)) = UNKNOWN_INDUCT
;
6253 *last_consec_insn
= p
;
6257 /* Return an rtx, if any, that expresses giv G2 as a function of the register
6258 represented by G1. If no such expression can be found, or it is clear that
6259 it cannot possibly be a valid address, 0 is returned.
6261 To perform the computation, we note that
6264 where `v' is the biv.
6266 So G2 = (y/b) * G1 + (b - a*y/x).
6268 Note that MULT = y/x.
6270 Update: A and B are now allowed to be additive expressions such that
6271 B contains all variables in A. That is, computing B-A will not require
6272 subtracting variables. */
6275 express_from_1 (a
, b
, mult
)
6278 /* If MULT is zero, then A*MULT is zero, and our expression is B. */
6280 if (mult
== const0_rtx
)
6283 /* If MULT is not 1, we cannot handle A with non-constants, since we
6284 would then be required to subtract multiples of the registers in A.
6285 This is theoretically possible, and may even apply to some Fortran
6286 constructs, but it is a lot of work and we do not attempt it here. */
6288 if (mult
!= const1_rtx
&& GET_CODE (a
) != CONST_INT
)
6291 /* In general these structures are sorted top to bottom (down the PLUS
6292 chain), but not left to right across the PLUS. If B is a higher
6293 order giv than A, we can strip one level and recurse. If A is higher
6294 order, we'll eventually bail out, but won't know that until the end.
6295 If they are the same, we'll strip one level around this loop. */
6297 while (GET_CODE (a
) == PLUS
&& GET_CODE (b
) == PLUS
)
6299 rtx ra
, rb
, oa
, ob
, tmp
;
6301 ra
= XEXP (a
, 0), oa
= XEXP (a
, 1);
6302 if (GET_CODE (ra
) == PLUS
)
6303 tmp
= ra
, ra
= oa
, oa
= tmp
;
6305 rb
= XEXP (b
, 0), ob
= XEXP (b
, 1);
6306 if (GET_CODE (rb
) == PLUS
)
6307 tmp
= rb
, rb
= ob
, ob
= tmp
;
6309 if (rtx_equal_p (ra
, rb
))
6310 /* We matched: remove one reg completely. */
6312 else if (GET_CODE (ob
) != PLUS
&& rtx_equal_p (ra
, ob
))
6313 /* An alternate match. */
6315 else if (GET_CODE (oa
) != PLUS
&& rtx_equal_p (oa
, rb
))
6316 /* An alternate match. */
6320 /* Indicates an extra register in B. Strip one level from B and
6321 recurse, hoping B was the higher order expression. */
6322 ob
= express_from_1 (a
, ob
, mult
);
6325 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (b
), rb
, ob
);
6329 /* Here we are at the last level of A, go through the cases hoping to
6330 get rid of everything but a constant. */
6332 if (GET_CODE (a
) == PLUS
)
6336 ra
= XEXP (a
, 0), oa
= XEXP (a
, 1);
6337 if (rtx_equal_p (oa
, b
))
6339 else if (!rtx_equal_p (ra
, b
))
6342 if (GET_CODE (oa
) != CONST_INT
)
6345 return GEN_INT (-INTVAL (oa
) * INTVAL (mult
));
6347 else if (GET_CODE (a
) == CONST_INT
)
6349 return plus_constant (b
, -INTVAL (a
) * INTVAL (mult
));
6351 else if (CONSTANT_P (a
))
6353 return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS
, GET_MODE (b
) != VOIDmode
? GET_MODE (b
) : GET_MODE (a
), const0_rtx
, a
);
6355 else if (GET_CODE (b
) == PLUS
)
6357 if (rtx_equal_p (a
, XEXP (b
, 0)))
6359 else if (rtx_equal_p (a
, XEXP (b
, 1)))
6364 else if (rtx_equal_p (a
, b
))
6371 express_from (g1
, g2
)
6372 struct induction
*g1
, *g2
;
6376 /* The value that G1 will be multiplied by must be a constant integer. Also,
6377 the only chance we have of getting a valid address is if b*c/a (see above
6378 for notation) is also an integer. */
6379 if (GET_CODE (g1
->mult_val
) == CONST_INT
6380 && GET_CODE (g2
->mult_val
) == CONST_INT
)
6382 if (g1
->mult_val
== const0_rtx
6383 || INTVAL (g2
->mult_val
) % INTVAL (g1
->mult_val
) != 0)
6385 mult
= GEN_INT (INTVAL (g2
->mult_val
) / INTVAL (g1
->mult_val
));
6387 else if (rtx_equal_p (g1
->mult_val
, g2
->mult_val
))
6391 /* ??? Find out if the one is a multiple of the other? */
6395 add
= express_from_1 (g1
->add_val
, g2
->add_val
, mult
);
6396 if (add
== NULL_RTX
)
6398 /* Failed. If we've got a multiplication factor between G1 and G2,
6399 scale G1's addend and try again. */
6400 if (INTVAL (mult
) > 1)
6402 rtx g1_add_val
= g1
->add_val
;
6403 if (GET_CODE (g1_add_val
) == MULT
6404 && GET_CODE (XEXP (g1_add_val
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
6407 m
= INTVAL (mult
) * INTVAL (XEXP (g1_add_val
, 1));
6408 g1_add_val
= gen_rtx_MULT (GET_MODE (g1_add_val
),
6409 XEXP (g1_add_val
, 0), GEN_INT (m
));
6413 g1_add_val
= gen_rtx_MULT (GET_MODE (g1_add_val
), g1_add_val
,
6417 add
= express_from_1 (g1_add_val
, g2
->add_val
, const1_rtx
);
6420 if (add
== NULL_RTX
)
6423 /* Form simplified final result. */
6424 if (mult
== const0_rtx
)
6426 else if (mult
== const1_rtx
)
6427 mult
= g1
->dest_reg
;
6429 mult
= gen_rtx_MULT (g2
->mode
, g1
->dest_reg
, mult
);
6431 if (add
== const0_rtx
)
6435 if (GET_CODE (add
) == PLUS
6436 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (add
, 1)))
6438 rtx tem
= XEXP (add
, 1);
6439 mult
= gen_rtx_PLUS (g2
->mode
, mult
, XEXP (add
, 0));
6443 return gen_rtx_PLUS (g2
->mode
, mult
, add
);
6447 /* Return an rtx, if any, that expresses giv G2 as a function of the register
6448 represented by G1. This indicates that G2 should be combined with G1 and
6449 that G2 can use (either directly or via an address expression) a register
6450 used to represent G1. */
6453 combine_givs_p (g1
, g2
)
6454 struct induction
*g1
, *g2
;
6458 /* With the introduction of ext dependant givs, we must care for modes.
6459 G2 must not use a wider mode than G1. */
6460 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (g1
->mode
) < GET_MODE_SIZE (g2
->mode
))
6463 ret
= comb
= express_from (g1
, g2
);
6464 if (comb
== NULL_RTX
)
6466 if (g1
->mode
!= g2
->mode
)
6467 ret
= gen_lowpart (g2
->mode
, comb
);
6469 /* If these givs are identical, they can be combined. We use the results
6470 of express_from because the addends are not in a canonical form, so
6471 rtx_equal_p is a weaker test. */
6472 /* But don't combine a DEST_REG giv with a DEST_ADDR giv; we want the
6473 combination to be the other way round. */
6474 if (comb
== g1
->dest_reg
6475 && (g1
->giv_type
== DEST_REG
|| g2
->giv_type
== DEST_ADDR
))
6480 /* If G2 can be expressed as a function of G1 and that function is valid
6481 as an address and no more expensive than using a register for G2,
6482 the expression of G2 in terms of G1 can be used. */
6484 && g2
->giv_type
== DEST_ADDR
6485 && memory_address_p (GET_MODE (g2
->mem
), ret
)
6486 /* ??? Looses, especially with -fforce-addr, where *g2->location
6487 will always be a register, and so anything more complicated
6491 && ADDRESS_COST (tem
) <= ADDRESS_COST (*g2
->location
)
6493 && rtx_cost (tem
, MEM
) <= rtx_cost (*g2
->location
, MEM
)
6504 /* Check each extension dependant giv in this class to see if its
6505 root biv is safe from wrapping in the interior mode, which would
6506 make the giv illegal. */
6509 check_ext_dependant_givs (bl
, loop_info
)
6510 struct iv_class
*bl
;
6511 struct loop_info
*loop_info
;
6513 int ze_ok
= 0, se_ok
= 0, info_ok
= 0;
6514 enum machine_mode biv_mode
= GET_MODE (bl
->biv
->src_reg
);
6515 HOST_WIDE_INT start_val
;
6516 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u_end_val
= 0;
6517 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u_start_val
= 0;
6519 struct induction
*v
;
6521 /* Make sure the iteration data is available. We must have
6522 constants in order to be certain of no overflow. */
6523 /* ??? An unknown iteration count with an increment of +-1
6524 combined with friendly exit tests of against an invariant
6525 value is also ameanable to optimization. Not implemented. */
6526 if (loop_info
->n_iterations
> 0
6527 && bl
->initial_value
6528 && GET_CODE (bl
->initial_value
) == CONST_INT
6529 && (incr
= biv_total_increment (bl
))
6530 && GET_CODE (incr
) == CONST_INT
6531 /* Make sure the host can represent the arithmetic. */
6532 && HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (biv_mode
))
6534 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT abs_incr
, total_incr
;
6535 HOST_WIDE_INT s_end_val
;
6539 start_val
= INTVAL (bl
->initial_value
);
6540 u_start_val
= start_val
;
6542 neg_incr
= 0, abs_incr
= INTVAL (incr
);
6543 if (INTVAL (incr
) < 0)
6544 neg_incr
= 1, abs_incr
= -abs_incr
;
6545 total_incr
= abs_incr
* loop_info
->n_iterations
;
6547 /* Check for host arithmatic overflow. */
6548 if (total_incr
/ loop_info
->n_iterations
== abs_incr
)
6550 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u_max
;
6551 HOST_WIDE_INT s_max
;
6553 u_end_val
= start_val
+ (neg_incr
? -total_incr
: total_incr
);
6554 s_end_val
= u_end_val
;
6555 u_max
= GET_MODE_MASK (biv_mode
);
6558 /* Check zero extension of biv ok. */
6560 /* Check for host arithmatic overflow. */
6562 ? u_end_val
< u_start_val
6563 : u_end_val
> u_start_val
)
6564 /* Check for target arithmetic overflow. */
6566 ? 1 /* taken care of with host overflow */
6567 : u_end_val
<= u_max
))
6572 /* Check sign extension of biv ok. */
6573 /* ??? While it is true that overflow with signed and pointer
6574 arithmetic is undefined, I fear too many programmers don't
6575 keep this fact in mind -- myself included on occasion.
6576 So leave alone with the signed overflow optimizations. */
6577 if (start_val
>= -s_max
- 1
6578 /* Check for host arithmatic overflow. */
6580 ? s_end_val
< start_val
6581 : s_end_val
> start_val
)
6582 /* Check for target arithmetic overflow. */
6584 ? s_end_val
>= -s_max
- 1
6585 : s_end_val
<= s_max
))
6592 /* Invalidate givs that fail the tests. */
6593 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
6594 if (v
->ext_dependant
)
6596 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (v
->ext_dependant
);
6609 /* We don't know whether this value is being used as either
6610 signed or unsigned, so to safely truncate we must satisfy
6611 both. The initial check here verifies the BIV itself;
6612 once that is successful we may check its range wrt the
6616 enum machine_mode outer_mode
= GET_MODE (v
->ext_dependant
);
6617 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max
= GET_MODE_MASK (outer_mode
) >> 1;
6619 /* We know from the above that both endpoints are nonnegative,
6620 and that there is no wrapping. Verify that both endpoints
6621 are within the (signed) range of the outer mode. */
6622 if (u_start_val
<= max
&& u_end_val
<= max
)
6633 if (loop_dump_stream
)
6635 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
6636 "Verified ext dependant giv at %d of reg %d\n",
6637 INSN_UID (v
->insn
), bl
->regno
);
6642 if (loop_dump_stream
)
6647 why
= "biv iteration values overflowed";
6651 incr
= biv_total_increment (bl
);
6652 if (incr
== const1_rtx
)
6653 why
= "biv iteration info incomplete; incr by 1";
6655 why
= "biv iteration info incomplete";
6658 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
6659 "Failed ext dependant giv at %d, %s\n",
6660 INSN_UID (v
->insn
), why
);
6663 bl
->all_reduced
= 0;
6668 /* Generate a version of VALUE in a mode appropriate for initializing V. */
6671 extend_value_for_giv (v
, value
)
6672 struct induction
*v
;
6675 rtx ext_dep
= v
->ext_dependant
;
6680 /* Recall that check_ext_dependant_givs verified that the known bounds
6681 of a biv did not overflow or wrap with respect to the extension for
6682 the giv. Therefore, constants need no additional adjustment. */
6683 if (CONSTANT_P (value
) && GET_MODE (value
) == VOIDmode
)
6686 /* Otherwise, we must adjust the value to compensate for the
6687 differing modes of the biv and the giv. */
6688 return gen_rtx_fmt_e (GET_CODE (ext_dep
), GET_MODE (ext_dep
), value
);
6691 struct combine_givs_stats
6698 cmp_combine_givs_stats (xp
, yp
)
6702 const struct combine_givs_stats
* const x
=
6703 (const struct combine_givs_stats
*) xp
;
6704 const struct combine_givs_stats
* const y
=
6705 (const struct combine_givs_stats
*) yp
;
6707 d
= y
->total_benefit
- x
->total_benefit
;
6708 /* Stabilize the sort. */
6710 d
= x
->giv_number
- y
->giv_number
;
6714 /* Check all pairs of givs for iv_class BL and see if any can be combined with
6715 any other. If so, point SAME to the giv combined with and set NEW_REG to
6716 be an expression (in terms of the other giv's DEST_REG) equivalent to the
6717 giv. Also, update BENEFIT and related fields for cost/benefit analysis. */
6720 combine_givs (regs
, bl
)
6721 struct loop_regs
*regs
;
6722 struct iv_class
*bl
;
6724 /* Additional benefit to add for being combined multiple times. */
6725 const int extra_benefit
= 3;
6727 struct induction
*g1
, *g2
, **giv_array
;
6728 int i
, j
, k
, giv_count
;
6729 struct combine_givs_stats
*stats
;
6732 /* Count givs, because bl->giv_count is incorrect here. */
6734 for (g1
= bl
->giv
; g1
; g1
= g1
->next_iv
)
6739 = (struct induction
**) alloca (giv_count
* sizeof (struct induction
*));
6741 for (g1
= bl
->giv
; g1
; g1
= g1
->next_iv
)
6743 giv_array
[i
++] = g1
;
6745 stats
= (struct combine_givs_stats
*) xcalloc (giv_count
, sizeof (*stats
));
6746 can_combine
= (rtx
*) xcalloc (giv_count
, giv_count
* sizeof (rtx
));
6748 for (i
= 0; i
< giv_count
; i
++)
6754 stats
[i
].giv_number
= i
;
6756 /* If a DEST_REG GIV is used only once, do not allow it to combine
6757 with anything, for in doing so we will gain nothing that cannot
6758 be had by simply letting the GIV with which we would have combined
6759 to be reduced on its own. The losage shows up in particular with
6760 DEST_ADDR targets on hosts with reg+reg addressing, though it can
6761 be seen elsewhere as well. */
6762 if (g1
->giv_type
== DEST_REG
6763 && (single_use
= regs
->array
[REGNO (g1
->dest_reg
)].single_usage
)
6764 && single_use
!= const0_rtx
)
6767 this_benefit
= g1
->benefit
;
6768 /* Add an additional weight for zero addends. */
6769 if (g1
->no_const_addval
)
6772 for (j
= 0; j
< giv_count
; j
++)
6778 && (this_combine
= combine_givs_p (g1
, g2
)) != NULL_RTX
)
6780 can_combine
[i
* giv_count
+ j
] = this_combine
;
6781 this_benefit
+= g2
->benefit
+ extra_benefit
;
6784 stats
[i
].total_benefit
= this_benefit
;
6787 /* Iterate, combining until we can't. */
6789 qsort (stats
, giv_count
, sizeof (*stats
), cmp_combine_givs_stats
);
6791 if (loop_dump_stream
)
6793 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "Sorted combine statistics:\n");
6794 for (k
= 0; k
< giv_count
; k
++)
6796 g1
= giv_array
[stats
[k
].giv_number
];
6797 if (!g1
->combined_with
&& !g1
->same
)
6798 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, " {%d, %d}",
6799 INSN_UID (giv_array
[stats
[k
].giv_number
]->insn
),
6800 stats
[k
].total_benefit
);
6802 putc ('\n', loop_dump_stream
);
6805 for (k
= 0; k
< giv_count
; k
++)
6807 int g1_add_benefit
= 0;
6809 i
= stats
[k
].giv_number
;
6812 /* If it has already been combined, skip. */
6813 if (g1
->combined_with
|| g1
->same
)
6816 for (j
= 0; j
< giv_count
; j
++)
6819 if (g1
!= g2
&& can_combine
[i
* giv_count
+ j
]
6820 /* If it has already been combined, skip. */
6821 && ! g2
->same
&& ! g2
->combined_with
)
6825 g2
->new_reg
= can_combine
[i
* giv_count
+ j
];
6827 g1
->combined_with
++;
6828 g1
->lifetime
+= g2
->lifetime
;
6830 g1_add_benefit
+= g2
->benefit
;
6832 /* ??? The new final_[bg]iv_value code does a much better job
6833 of finding replaceable giv's, and hence this code may no
6834 longer be necessary. */
6835 if (! g2
->replaceable
&& REG_USERVAR_P (g2
->dest_reg
))
6836 g1_add_benefit
-= copy_cost
;
6838 /* To help optimize the next set of combinations, remove
6839 this giv from the benefits of other potential mates. */
6840 for (l
= 0; l
< giv_count
; ++l
)
6842 int m
= stats
[l
].giv_number
;
6843 if (can_combine
[m
* giv_count
+ j
])
6844 stats
[l
].total_benefit
-= g2
->benefit
+ extra_benefit
;
6847 if (loop_dump_stream
)
6848 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
6849 "giv at %d combined with giv at %d; new benefit %d + %d, lifetime %d\n",
6850 INSN_UID (g2
->insn
), INSN_UID (g1
->insn
),
6851 g1
->benefit
, g1_add_benefit
, g1
->lifetime
);
6855 /* To help optimize the next set of combinations, remove
6856 this giv from the benefits of other potential mates. */
6857 if (g1
->combined_with
)
6859 for (j
= 0; j
< giv_count
; ++j
)
6861 int m
= stats
[j
].giv_number
;
6862 if (can_combine
[m
* giv_count
+ i
])
6863 stats
[j
].total_benefit
-= g1
->benefit
+ extra_benefit
;
6866 g1
->benefit
+= g1_add_benefit
;
6868 /* We've finished with this giv, and everything it touched.
6869 Restart the combination so that proper weights for the
6870 rest of the givs are properly taken into account. */
6871 /* ??? Ideally we would compact the arrays at this point, so
6872 as to not cover old ground. But sanely compacting
6873 can_combine is tricky. */
6883 /* Generate sequence for REG = B * M + A. */
6886 gen_add_mult (b
, m
, a
, reg
)
6887 rtx b
; /* initial value of basic induction variable */
6888 rtx m
; /* multiplicative constant */
6889 rtx a
; /* additive constant */
6890 rtx reg
; /* destination register */
6896 /* Use unsigned arithmetic. */
6897 result
= expand_mult_add (b
, reg
, m
, a
, GET_MODE (reg
), 1);
6899 emit_move_insn (reg
, result
);
6900 seq
= gen_sequence ();
6907 /* Update registers created in insn sequence SEQ. */
6910 loop_regs_update (loop
, seq
)
6911 const struct loop
*loop ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
6914 /* Update register info for alias analysis. */
6916 if (GET_CODE (seq
) == SEQUENCE
)
6919 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); ++i
)
6921 rtx set
= single_set (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, i
));
6922 if (set
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
)
6923 record_base_value (REGNO (SET_DEST (set
)), SET_SRC (set
), 0);
6928 rtx set
= single_set (seq
);
6929 if (set
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
)
6930 record_base_value (REGNO (SET_DEST (set
)), SET_SRC (set
), 0);
6935 /* EMIT code before BEFORE_BB/BEFORE_INSN to set REG = B * M + A. */
6938 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop
, b
, m
, a
, reg
, before_bb
, before_insn
)
6939 const struct loop
*loop
;
6940 rtx b
; /* initial value of basic induction variable */
6941 rtx m
; /* multiplicative constant */
6942 rtx a
; /* additive constant */
6943 rtx reg
; /* destination register */
6944 basic_block before_bb
;
6951 loop_iv_add_mult_hoist (loop
, b
, m
, a
, reg
);
6955 /* Use copy_rtx to prevent unexpected sharing of these rtx. */
6956 seq
= gen_add_mult (copy_rtx (b
), m
, copy_rtx (a
), reg
);
6958 /* Increase the lifetime of any invariants moved further in code. */
6959 update_reg_last_use (a
, before_insn
);
6960 update_reg_last_use (b
, before_insn
);
6961 update_reg_last_use (m
, before_insn
);
6963 loop_insn_emit_before (loop
, before_bb
, before_insn
, seq
);
6965 /* It is possible that the expansion created lots of new registers.
6966 Iterate over the sequence we just created and record them all. */
6967 loop_regs_update (loop
, seq
);
6971 /* Emit insns in loop pre-header to set REG = B * M + A. */
6974 loop_iv_add_mult_sink (loop
, b
, m
, a
, reg
)
6975 const struct loop
*loop
;
6976 rtx b
; /* initial value of basic induction variable */
6977 rtx m
; /* multiplicative constant */
6978 rtx a
; /* additive constant */
6979 rtx reg
; /* destination register */
6983 /* Use copy_rtx to prevent unexpected sharing of these rtx. */
6984 seq
= gen_add_mult (copy_rtx (b
), m
, copy_rtx (a
), reg
);
6986 /* Increase the lifetime of any invariants moved further in code.
6987 ???? Is this really necessary? */
6988 update_reg_last_use (a
, loop
->sink
);
6989 update_reg_last_use (b
, loop
->sink
);
6990 update_reg_last_use (m
, loop
->sink
);
6992 loop_insn_sink (loop
, seq
);
6994 /* It is possible that the expansion created lots of new registers.
6995 Iterate over the sequence we just created and record them all. */
6996 loop_regs_update (loop
, seq
);
7000 /* Emit insns after loop to set REG = B * M + A. */
7003 loop_iv_add_mult_hoist (loop
, b
, m
, a
, reg
)
7004 const struct loop
*loop
;
7005 rtx b
; /* initial value of basic induction variable */
7006 rtx m
; /* multiplicative constant */
7007 rtx a
; /* additive constant */
7008 rtx reg
; /* destination register */
7012 /* Use copy_rtx to prevent unexpected sharing of these rtx. */
7013 seq
= gen_add_mult (copy_rtx (b
), m
, copy_rtx (a
), reg
);
7015 loop_insn_hoist (loop
, seq
);
7017 /* It is possible that the expansion created lots of new registers.
7018 Iterate over the sequence we just created and record them all. */
7019 loop_regs_update (loop
, seq
);
7024 /* Similar to gen_add_mult, but compute cost rather than generating
7028 iv_add_mult_cost (b
, m
, a
, reg
)
7029 rtx b
; /* initial value of basic induction variable */
7030 rtx m
; /* multiplicative constant */
7031 rtx a
; /* additive constant */
7032 rtx reg
; /* destination register */
7038 result
= expand_mult_add (b
, reg
, m
, a
, GET_MODE (reg
), 1);
7040 emit_move_insn (reg
, result
);
7041 last
= get_last_insn ();
7044 rtx t
= single_set (last
);
7046 cost
+= rtx_cost (SET_SRC (t
), SET
);
7047 last
= PREV_INSN (last
);
7053 /* Test whether A * B can be computed without
7054 an actual multiply insn. Value is 1 if so. */
7057 product_cheap_p (a
, b
)
7065 /* If only one is constant, make it B. */
7066 if (GET_CODE (a
) == CONST_INT
)
7067 tmp
= a
, a
= b
, b
= tmp
;
7069 /* If first constant, both constant, so don't need multiply. */
7070 if (GET_CODE (a
) == CONST_INT
)
7073 /* If second not constant, neither is constant, so would need multiply. */
7074 if (GET_CODE (b
) != CONST_INT
)
7077 /* One operand is constant, so might not need multiply insn. Generate the
7078 code for the multiply and see if a call or multiply, or long sequence
7079 of insns is generated. */
7082 expand_mult (GET_MODE (a
), a
, b
, NULL_RTX
, 1);
7083 tmp
= gen_sequence ();
7086 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SEQUENCE
)
7088 if (XVEC (tmp
, 0) == 0)
7090 else if (XVECLEN (tmp
, 0) > 3)
7093 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (tmp
, 0); i
++)
7095 rtx insn
= XVECEXP (tmp
, 0, i
);
7097 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
7098 || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
7099 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn
))) == MULT
)
7100 || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
7101 && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, 0)) == SET
7102 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, 0))) == MULT
))
7109 else if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SET
7110 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (tmp
)) == MULT
)
7112 else if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == PARALLEL
7113 && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (tmp
, 0, 0)) == SET
7114 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (tmp
, 0, 0))) == MULT
)
7120 /* Check to see if loop can be terminated by a "decrement and branch until
7121 zero" instruction. If so, add a REG_NONNEG note to the branch insn if so.
7122 Also try reversing an increment loop to a decrement loop
7123 to see if the optimization can be performed.
7124 Value is nonzero if optimization was performed. */
7126 /* This is useful even if the architecture doesn't have such an insn,
7127 because it might change a loops which increments from 0 to n to a loop
7128 which decrements from n to 0. A loop that decrements to zero is usually
7129 faster than one that increments from zero. */
7131 /* ??? This could be rewritten to use some of the loop unrolling procedures,
7132 such as approx_final_value, biv_total_increment, loop_iterations, and
7133 final_[bg]iv_value. */
7136 check_dbra_loop (loop
, insn_count
)
7140 struct loop_info
*loop_info
= LOOP_INFO (loop
);
7141 struct loop_regs
*regs
= LOOP_REGS (loop
);
7142 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
7143 struct iv_class
*bl
;
7150 rtx before_comparison
;
7154 int compare_and_branch
;
7155 rtx loop_start
= loop
->start
;
7156 rtx loop_end
= loop
->end
;
7158 /* If last insn is a conditional branch, and the insn before tests a
7159 register value, try to optimize it. Otherwise, we can't do anything. */
7161 jump
= PREV_INSN (loop_end
);
7162 comparison
= get_condition_for_loop (loop
, jump
);
7163 if (comparison
== 0)
7165 if (!onlyjump_p (jump
))
7168 /* Try to compute whether the compare/branch at the loop end is one or
7169 two instructions. */
7170 get_condition (jump
, &first_compare
);
7171 if (first_compare
== jump
)
7172 compare_and_branch
= 1;
7173 else if (first_compare
== prev_nonnote_insn (jump
))
7174 compare_and_branch
= 2;
7179 /* If more than one condition is present to control the loop, then
7180 do not proceed, as this function does not know how to rewrite
7181 loop tests with more than one condition.
7183 Look backwards from the first insn in the last comparison
7184 sequence and see if we've got another comparison sequence. */
7187 if ((jump1
= prev_nonnote_insn (first_compare
)) != loop
->cont
)
7188 if (GET_CODE (jump1
) == JUMP_INSN
)
7192 /* Check all of the bivs to see if the compare uses one of them.
7193 Skip biv's set more than once because we can't guarantee that
7194 it will be zero on the last iteration. Also skip if the biv is
7195 used between its update and the test insn. */
7197 for (bl
= ivs
->list
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7199 if (bl
->biv_count
== 1
7200 && ! bl
->biv
->maybe_multiple
7201 && bl
->biv
->dest_reg
== XEXP (comparison
, 0)
7202 && ! reg_used_between_p (regno_reg_rtx
[bl
->regno
], bl
->biv
->insn
,
7210 /* Look for the case where the basic induction variable is always
7211 nonnegative, and equals zero on the last iteration.
7212 In this case, add a reg_note REG_NONNEG, which allows the
7213 m68k DBRA instruction to be used. */
7215 if (((GET_CODE (comparison
) == GT
7216 && GET_CODE (XEXP (comparison
, 1)) == CONST_INT
7217 && INTVAL (XEXP (comparison
, 1)) == -1)
7218 || (GET_CODE (comparison
) == NE
&& XEXP (comparison
, 1) == const0_rtx
))
7219 && GET_CODE (bl
->biv
->add_val
) == CONST_INT
7220 && INTVAL (bl
->biv
->add_val
) < 0)
7222 /* Initial value must be greater than 0,
7223 init_val % -dec_value == 0 to ensure that it equals zero on
7224 the last iteration */
7226 if (GET_CODE (bl
->initial_value
) == CONST_INT
7227 && INTVAL (bl
->initial_value
) > 0
7228 && (INTVAL (bl
->initial_value
)
7229 % (-INTVAL (bl
->biv
->add_val
))) == 0)
7231 /* register always nonnegative, add REG_NOTE to branch */
7232 if (! find_reg_note (jump
, REG_NONNEG
, NULL_RTX
))
7234 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NONNEG
, bl
->biv
->dest_reg
,
7241 /* If the decrement is 1 and the value was tested as >= 0 before
7242 the loop, then we can safely optimize. */
7243 for (p
= loop_start
; p
; p
= PREV_INSN (p
))
7245 if (GET_CODE (p
) == CODE_LABEL
)
7247 if (GET_CODE (p
) != JUMP_INSN
)
7250 before_comparison
= get_condition_for_loop (loop
, p
);
7251 if (before_comparison
7252 && XEXP (before_comparison
, 0) == bl
->biv
->dest_reg
7253 && GET_CODE (before_comparison
) == LT
7254 && XEXP (before_comparison
, 1) == const0_rtx
7255 && ! reg_set_between_p (bl
->biv
->dest_reg
, p
, loop_start
)
7256 && INTVAL (bl
->biv
->add_val
) == -1)
7258 if (! find_reg_note (jump
, REG_NONNEG
, NULL_RTX
))
7260 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NONNEG
, bl
->biv
->dest_reg
,
7268 else if (GET_CODE (bl
->biv
->add_val
) == CONST_INT
7269 && INTVAL (bl
->biv
->add_val
) > 0)
7271 /* Try to change inc to dec, so can apply above optimization. */
7273 all registers modified are induction variables or invariant,
7274 all memory references have non-overlapping addresses
7275 (obviously true if only one write)
7276 allow 2 insns for the compare/jump at the end of the loop. */
7277 /* Also, we must avoid any instructions which use both the reversed
7278 biv and another biv. Such instructions will fail if the loop is
7279 reversed. We meet this condition by requiring that either
7280 no_use_except_counting is true, or else that there is only
7282 int num_nonfixed_reads
= 0;
7283 /* 1 if the iteration var is used only to count iterations. */
7284 int no_use_except_counting
= 0;
7285 /* 1 if the loop has no memory store, or it has a single memory store
7286 which is reversible. */
7287 int reversible_mem_store
= 1;
7289 if (bl
->giv_count
== 0 && ! loop
->exit_count
)
7291 rtx bivreg
= regno_reg_rtx
[bl
->regno
];
7292 struct iv_class
*blt
;
7294 /* If there are no givs for this biv, and the only exit is the
7295 fall through at the end of the loop, then
7296 see if perhaps there are no uses except to count. */
7297 no_use_except_counting
= 1;
7298 for (p
= loop_start
; p
!= loop_end
; p
= NEXT_INSN (p
))
7301 rtx set
= single_set (p
);
7303 if (set
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
7304 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set
)) == bl
->regno
)
7305 /* An insn that sets the biv is okay. */
7307 else if ((p
== prev_nonnote_insn (prev_nonnote_insn (loop_end
))
7308 || p
== prev_nonnote_insn (loop_end
))
7309 && reg_mentioned_p (bivreg
, PATTERN (p
)))
7311 /* If either of these insns uses the biv and sets a pseudo
7312 that has more than one usage, then the biv has uses
7313 other than counting since it's used to derive a value
7314 that is used more than one time. */
7315 note_stores (PATTERN (p
), note_set_pseudo_multiple_uses
,
7317 if (regs
->multiple_uses
)
7319 no_use_except_counting
= 0;
7323 else if (reg_mentioned_p (bivreg
, PATTERN (p
)))
7325 no_use_except_counting
= 0;
7330 /* A biv has uses besides counting if it is used to set another biv. */
7331 for (blt
= ivs
->list
; blt
; blt
= blt
->next
)
7332 if (blt
->init_set
&& reg_mentioned_p (bivreg
, SET_SRC (blt
->init_set
)))
7334 no_use_except_counting
= 0;
7339 if (no_use_except_counting
)
7340 /* No need to worry about MEMs. */
7342 else if (loop_info
->num_mem_sets
<= 1)
7344 for (p
= loop_start
; p
!= loop_end
; p
= NEXT_INSN (p
))
7346 num_nonfixed_reads
+= count_nonfixed_reads (loop
, PATTERN (p
));
7348 /* If the loop has a single store, and the destination address is
7349 invariant, then we can't reverse the loop, because this address
7350 might then have the wrong value at loop exit.
7351 This would work if the source was invariant also, however, in that
7352 case, the insn should have been moved out of the loop. */
7354 if (loop_info
->num_mem_sets
== 1)
7356 struct induction
*v
;
7358 /* If we could prove that each of the memory locations
7359 written to was different, then we could reverse the
7360 store -- but we don't presently have any way of
7362 reversible_mem_store
= 0;
7364 /* If the store depends on a register that is set after the
7365 store, it depends on the initial value, and is thus not
7367 for (v
= bl
->giv
; reversible_mem_store
&& v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
7369 if (v
->giv_type
== DEST_REG
7370 && reg_mentioned_p (v
->dest_reg
,
7371 PATTERN (loop_info
->first_loop_store_insn
))
7372 && loop_insn_first_p (loop_info
->first_loop_store_insn
,
7374 reversible_mem_store
= 0;
7381 /* This code only acts for innermost loops. Also it simplifies
7382 the memory address check by only reversing loops with
7383 zero or one memory access.
7384 Two memory accesses could involve parts of the same array,
7385 and that can't be reversed.
7386 If the biv is used only for counting, than we don't need to worry
7387 about all these things. */
7389 if ((num_nonfixed_reads
<= 1
7390 && ! loop_info
->has_nonconst_call
7391 && ! loop_info
->has_volatile
7392 && reversible_mem_store
7393 && (bl
->giv_count
+ bl
->biv_count
+ loop_info
->num_mem_sets
7394 + num_unmoved_movables (loop
) + compare_and_branch
== insn_count
)
7395 && (bl
== ivs
->list
&& bl
->next
== 0))
7396 || no_use_except_counting
)
7400 /* Loop can be reversed. */
7401 if (loop_dump_stream
)
7402 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "Can reverse loop\n");
7404 /* Now check other conditions:
7406 The increment must be a constant, as must the initial value,
7407 and the comparison code must be LT.
7409 This test can probably be improved since +/- 1 in the constant
7410 can be obtained by changing LT to LE and vice versa; this is
7414 /* for constants, LE gets turned into LT */
7415 && (GET_CODE (comparison
) == LT
7416 || (GET_CODE (comparison
) == LE
7417 && no_use_except_counting
)))
7419 HOST_WIDE_INT add_val
, add_adjust
, comparison_val
= 0;
7420 rtx initial_value
, comparison_value
;
7422 enum rtx_code cmp_code
;
7423 int comparison_const_width
;
7424 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT comparison_sign_mask
;
7426 add_val
= INTVAL (bl
->biv
->add_val
);
7427 comparison_value
= XEXP (comparison
, 1);
7428 if (GET_MODE (comparison_value
) == VOIDmode
)
7429 comparison_const_width
7430 = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (comparison
, 0)));
7432 comparison_const_width
7433 = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (comparison_value
));
7434 if (comparison_const_width
> HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
7435 comparison_const_width
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
;
7436 comparison_sign_mask
7437 = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << (comparison_const_width
- 1);
7439 /* If the comparison value is not a loop invariant, then we
7440 can not reverse this loop.
7442 ??? If the insns which initialize the comparison value as
7443 a whole compute an invariant result, then we could move
7444 them out of the loop and proceed with loop reversal. */
7445 if (! loop_invariant_p (loop
, comparison_value
))
7448 if (GET_CODE (comparison_value
) == CONST_INT
)
7449 comparison_val
= INTVAL (comparison_value
);
7450 initial_value
= bl
->initial_value
;
7452 /* Normalize the initial value if it is an integer and
7453 has no other use except as a counter. This will allow
7454 a few more loops to be reversed. */
7455 if (no_use_except_counting
7456 && GET_CODE (comparison_value
) == CONST_INT
7457 && GET_CODE (initial_value
) == CONST_INT
)
7459 comparison_val
= comparison_val
- INTVAL (bl
->initial_value
);
7460 /* The code below requires comparison_val to be a multiple
7461 of add_val in order to do the loop reversal, so
7462 round up comparison_val to a multiple of add_val.
7463 Since comparison_value is constant, we know that the
7464 current comparison code is LT. */
7465 comparison_val
= comparison_val
+ add_val
- 1;
7467 -= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) comparison_val
% add_val
;
7468 /* We postpone overflow checks for COMPARISON_VAL here;
7469 even if there is an overflow, we might still be able to
7470 reverse the loop, if converting the loop exit test to
7472 initial_value
= const0_rtx
;
7475 /* First check if we can do a vanilla loop reversal. */
7476 if (initial_value
== const0_rtx
7477 /* If we have a decrement_and_branch_on_count,
7478 prefer the NE test, since this will allow that
7479 instruction to be generated. Note that we must
7480 use a vanilla loop reversal if the biv is used to
7481 calculate a giv or has a non-counting use. */
7482 #if ! defined (HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero) \
7483 && defined (HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count)
7484 && (! (add_val
== 1 && loop
->vtop
7485 && (bl
->biv_count
== 0
7486 || no_use_except_counting
)))
7488 && GET_CODE (comparison_value
) == CONST_INT
7489 /* Now do postponed overflow checks on COMPARISON_VAL. */
7490 && ! (((comparison_val
- add_val
) ^ INTVAL (comparison_value
))
7491 & comparison_sign_mask
))
7493 /* Register will always be nonnegative, with value
7494 0 on last iteration */
7495 add_adjust
= add_val
;
7499 else if (add_val
== 1 && loop
->vtop
7500 && (bl
->biv_count
== 0
7501 || no_use_except_counting
))
7509 if (GET_CODE (comparison
) == LE
)
7510 add_adjust
-= add_val
;
7512 /* If the initial value is not zero, or if the comparison
7513 value is not an exact multiple of the increment, then we
7514 can not reverse this loop. */
7515 if (initial_value
== const0_rtx
7516 && GET_CODE (comparison_value
) == CONST_INT
)
7518 if (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) comparison_val
% add_val
) != 0)
7523 if (! no_use_except_counting
|| add_val
!= 1)
7527 final_value
= comparison_value
;
7529 /* Reset these in case we normalized the initial value
7530 and comparison value above. */
7531 if (GET_CODE (comparison_value
) == CONST_INT
7532 && GET_CODE (initial_value
) == CONST_INT
)
7534 comparison_value
= GEN_INT (comparison_val
);
7536 = GEN_INT (comparison_val
+ INTVAL (bl
->initial_value
));
7538 bl
->initial_value
= initial_value
;
7540 /* Save some info needed to produce the new insns. */
7541 reg
= bl
->biv
->dest_reg
;
7542 jump_label
= XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (PREV_INSN (loop_end
))), 1);
7543 if (jump_label
== pc_rtx
)
7544 jump_label
= XEXP (SET_SRC (PATTERN (PREV_INSN (loop_end
))), 2);
7545 new_add_val
= GEN_INT (-INTVAL (bl
->biv
->add_val
));
7547 /* Set start_value; if this is not a CONST_INT, we need
7549 Initialize biv to start_value before loop start.
7550 The old initializing insn will be deleted as a
7551 dead store by flow.c. */
7552 if (initial_value
== const0_rtx
7553 && GET_CODE (comparison_value
) == CONST_INT
)
7555 start_value
= GEN_INT (comparison_val
- add_adjust
);
7556 loop_insn_hoist (loop
, gen_move_insn (reg
, start_value
));
7558 else if (GET_CODE (initial_value
) == CONST_INT
)
7560 rtx offset
= GEN_INT (-INTVAL (initial_value
) - add_adjust
);
7561 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (reg
);
7562 enum insn_code icode
7563 = add_optab
->handlers
[(int) mode
].insn_code
;
7565 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].predicate
) (reg
, mode
)
7566 || ! ((*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].predicate
)
7567 (comparison_value
, mode
))
7568 || ! ((*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[2].predicate
)
7572 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, comparison_value
, offset
);
7573 loop_insn_hoist (loop
, (GEN_FCN (icode
)
7574 (reg
, comparison_value
, offset
)));
7575 if (GET_CODE (comparison
) == LE
)
7576 final_value
= gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, comparison_value
,
7579 else if (! add_adjust
)
7581 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (reg
);
7582 enum insn_code icode
7583 = sub_optab
->handlers
[(int) mode
].insn_code
;
7584 if (! (*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].predicate
) (reg
, mode
)
7585 || ! ((*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[1].predicate
)
7586 (comparison_value
, mode
))
7587 || ! ((*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[2].predicate
)
7588 (initial_value
, mode
)))
7591 = gen_rtx_MINUS (mode
, comparison_value
, initial_value
);
7592 loop_insn_hoist (loop
, (GEN_FCN (icode
)
7593 (reg
, comparison_value
,
7597 /* We could handle the other cases too, but it'll be
7598 better to have a testcase first. */
7601 /* We may not have a single insn which can increment a reg, so
7602 create a sequence to hold all the insns from expand_inc. */
7604 expand_inc (reg
, new_add_val
);
7605 tem
= gen_sequence ();
7608 p
= loop_insn_emit_before (loop
, 0, bl
->biv
->insn
, tem
);
7609 delete_insn (bl
->biv
->insn
);
7611 /* Update biv info to reflect its new status. */
7613 bl
->initial_value
= start_value
;
7614 bl
->biv
->add_val
= new_add_val
;
7616 /* Update loop info. */
7617 loop_info
->initial_value
= reg
;
7618 loop_info
->initial_equiv_value
= reg
;
7619 loop_info
->final_value
= const0_rtx
;
7620 loop_info
->final_equiv_value
= const0_rtx
;
7621 loop_info
->comparison_value
= const0_rtx
;
7622 loop_info
->comparison_code
= cmp_code
;
7623 loop_info
->increment
= new_add_val
;
7625 /* Inc LABEL_NUSES so that delete_insn will
7626 not delete the label. */
7627 LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (jump_label
, 0))++;
7629 /* Emit an insn after the end of the loop to set the biv's
7630 proper exit value if it is used anywhere outside the loop. */
7631 if ((REGNO_LAST_UID (bl
->regno
) != INSN_UID (first_compare
))
7633 || REGNO_FIRST_UID (bl
->regno
) != INSN_UID (bl
->init_insn
))
7634 loop_insn_sink (loop
, gen_move_insn (reg
, final_value
));
7636 /* Delete compare/branch at end of loop. */
7637 delete_insn (PREV_INSN (loop_end
));
7638 if (compare_and_branch
== 2)
7639 delete_insn (first_compare
);
7641 /* Add new compare/branch insn at end of loop. */
7643 emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (reg
, const0_rtx
, cmp_code
, NULL_RTX
,
7644 GET_MODE (reg
), 0, 0,
7645 XEXP (jump_label
, 0));
7646 tem
= gen_sequence ();
7648 emit_jump_insn_before (tem
, loop_end
);
7650 for (tem
= PREV_INSN (loop_end
);
7651 tem
&& GET_CODE (tem
) != JUMP_INSN
;
7652 tem
= PREV_INSN (tem
))
7656 JUMP_LABEL (tem
) = XEXP (jump_label
, 0);
7662 /* Increment of LABEL_NUSES done above. */
7663 /* Register is now always nonnegative,
7664 so add REG_NONNEG note to the branch. */
7665 REG_NOTES (tem
) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NONNEG
, reg
,
7671 /* No insn may reference both the reversed and another biv or it
7672 will fail (see comment near the top of the loop reversal
7674 Earlier on, we have verified that the biv has no use except
7675 counting, or it is the only biv in this function.
7676 However, the code that computes no_use_except_counting does
7677 not verify reg notes. It's possible to have an insn that
7678 references another biv, and has a REG_EQUAL note with an
7679 expression based on the reversed biv. To avoid this case,
7680 remove all REG_EQUAL notes based on the reversed biv
7682 for (p
= loop_start
; p
!= loop_end
; p
= NEXT_INSN (p
))
7686 rtx set
= single_set (p
);
7687 /* If this is a set of a GIV based on the reversed biv, any
7688 REG_EQUAL notes should still be correct. */
7690 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) != REG
7691 || (size_t) REGNO (SET_DEST (set
)) >= ivs
->n_regs
7692 || REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, REGNO (SET_DEST (set
))) != GENERAL_INDUCT
7693 || REG_IV_INFO (ivs
, REGNO (SET_DEST (set
)))->src_reg
!= bl
->biv
->src_reg
)
7694 for (pnote
= ®_NOTES (p
); *pnote
;)
7696 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (*pnote
) == REG_EQUAL
7697 && reg_mentioned_p (regno_reg_rtx
[bl
->regno
],
7699 *pnote
= XEXP (*pnote
, 1);
7701 pnote
= &XEXP (*pnote
, 1);
7705 /* Mark that this biv has been reversed. Each giv which depends
7706 on this biv, and which is also live past the end of the loop
7707 will have to be fixed up. */
7711 if (loop_dump_stream
)
7713 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "Reversed loop");
7715 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, " and added reg_nonneg\n");
7717 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "\n");
7728 /* Verify whether the biv BL appears to be eliminable,
7729 based on the insns in the loop that refer to it.
7731 If ELIMINATE_P is non-zero, actually do the elimination.
7733 THRESHOLD and INSN_COUNT are from loop_optimize and are used to
7734 determine whether invariant insns should be placed inside or at the
7735 start of the loop. */
7738 maybe_eliminate_biv (loop
, bl
, eliminate_p
, threshold
, insn_count
)
7739 const struct loop
*loop
;
7740 struct iv_class
*bl
;
7742 int threshold
, insn_count
;
7744 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= LOOP_IVS (loop
);
7745 rtx reg
= bl
->biv
->dest_reg
;
7748 /* Scan all insns in the loop, stopping if we find one that uses the
7749 biv in a way that we cannot eliminate. */
7751 for (p
= loop
->start
; p
!= loop
->end
; p
= NEXT_INSN (p
))
7753 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (p
);
7754 basic_block where_bb
= 0;
7755 rtx where_insn
= threshold
>= insn_count
? 0 : p
;
7757 /* If this is a libcall that sets a giv, skip ahead to its end. */
7758 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code
) == 'i')
7760 rtx note
= find_reg_note (p
, REG_LIBCALL
, NULL_RTX
);
7764 rtx last
= XEXP (note
, 0);
7765 rtx set
= single_set (last
);
7767 if (set
&& GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
)
7769 unsigned int regno
= REGNO (SET_DEST (set
));
7771 if (regno
< ivs
->n_regs
7772 && REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, regno
) == GENERAL_INDUCT
7773 && REG_IV_INFO (ivs
, regno
)->src_reg
== bl
->biv
->src_reg
)
7778 if ((code
== INSN
|| code
== JUMP_INSN
|| code
== CALL_INSN
)
7779 && reg_mentioned_p (reg
, PATTERN (p
))
7780 && ! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (loop
, PATTERN (p
), p
, bl
,
7781 eliminate_p
, where_bb
, where_insn
))
7783 if (loop_dump_stream
)
7784 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
7785 "Cannot eliminate biv %d: biv used in insn %d.\n",
7786 bl
->regno
, INSN_UID (p
));
7793 if (loop_dump_stream
)
7794 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "biv %d %s eliminated.\n",
7795 bl
->regno
, eliminate_p
? "was" : "can be");
7802 /* INSN and REFERENCE are instructions in the same insn chain.
7803 Return non-zero if INSN is first. */
7806 loop_insn_first_p (insn
, reference
)
7807 rtx insn
, reference
;
7811 for (p
= insn
, q
= reference
;;)
7813 /* Start with test for not first so that INSN == REFERENCE yields not
7815 if (q
== insn
|| ! p
)
7817 if (p
== reference
|| ! q
)
7820 /* Either of P or Q might be a NOTE. Notes have the same LUID as the
7821 previous insn, hence the <= comparison below does not work if
7823 if (INSN_UID (p
) < max_uid_for_loop
7824 && INSN_UID (q
) < max_uid_for_loop
7825 && GET_CODE (p
) != NOTE
)
7826 return INSN_LUID (p
) <= INSN_LUID (q
);
7828 if (INSN_UID (p
) >= max_uid_for_loop
7829 || GET_CODE (p
) == NOTE
)
7831 if (INSN_UID (q
) >= max_uid_for_loop
)
7836 /* We are trying to eliminate BIV in INSN using GIV. Return non-zero if
7837 the offset that we have to take into account due to auto-increment /
7838 div derivation is zero. */
7840 biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (biv
, giv
, insn
)
7841 struct induction
*biv
, *giv
;
7844 /* If the giv V had the auto-inc address optimization applied
7845 to it, and INSN occurs between the giv insn and the biv
7846 insn, then we'd have to adjust the value used here.
7847 This is rare, so we don't bother to make this possible. */
7848 if (giv
->auto_inc_opt
7849 && ((loop_insn_first_p (giv
->insn
, insn
)
7850 && loop_insn_first_p (insn
, biv
->insn
))
7851 || (loop_insn_first_p (biv
->insn
, insn
)
7852 && loop_insn_first_p (insn
, giv
->insn
))))
7858 /* If BL appears in X (part of the pattern of INSN), see if we can
7859 eliminate its use. If so, return 1. If not, return 0.
7861 If BIV does not appear in X, return 1.
7863 If ELIMINATE_P is non-zero, actually do the elimination.
7864 WHERE_INSN/WHERE_BB indicate where extra insns should be added.
7865 Depending on how many items have been moved out of the loop, it
7866 will either be before INSN (when WHERE_INSN is non-zero) or at the
7867 start of the loop (when WHERE_INSN is zero). */
7870 maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (loop
, x
, insn
, bl
, eliminate_p
, where_bb
, where_insn
)
7871 const struct loop
*loop
;
7873 struct iv_class
*bl
;
7875 basic_block where_bb
;
7878 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (x
);
7879 rtx reg
= bl
->biv
->dest_reg
;
7880 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (reg
);
7881 struct induction
*v
;
7893 /* If we haven't already been able to do something with this BIV,
7894 we can't eliminate it. */
7900 /* If this sets the BIV, it is not a problem. */
7901 if (SET_DEST (x
) == reg
)
7904 /* If this is an insn that defines a giv, it is also ok because
7905 it will go away when the giv is reduced. */
7906 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
7907 if (v
->giv_type
== DEST_REG
&& SET_DEST (x
) == v
->dest_reg
)
7911 if (SET_DEST (x
) == cc0_rtx
&& SET_SRC (x
) == reg
)
7913 /* Can replace with any giv that was reduced and
7914 that has (MULT_VAL != 0) and (ADD_VAL == 0).
7915 Require a constant for MULT_VAL, so we know it's nonzero.
7916 ??? We disable this optimization to avoid potential
7919 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
7920 if (GET_CODE (v
->mult_val
) == CONST_INT
&& v
->mult_val
!= const0_rtx
7921 && v
->add_val
== const0_rtx
7922 && ! v
->ignore
&& ! v
->maybe_dead
&& v
->always_computable
7926 if (! biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (bl
->biv
, v
, insn
))
7932 /* If the giv has the opposite direction of change,
7933 then reverse the comparison. */
7934 if (INTVAL (v
->mult_val
) < 0)
7935 new = gen_rtx_COMPARE (GET_MODE (v
->new_reg
),
7936 const0_rtx
, v
->new_reg
);
7940 /* We can probably test that giv's reduced reg. */
7941 if (validate_change (insn
, &SET_SRC (x
), new, 0))
7945 /* Look for a giv with (MULT_VAL != 0) and (ADD_VAL != 0);
7946 replace test insn with a compare insn (cmp REDUCED_GIV ADD_VAL).
7947 Require a constant for MULT_VAL, so we know it's nonzero.
7948 ??? Do this only if ADD_VAL is a pointer to avoid a potential
7949 overflow problem. */
7951 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
7952 if (GET_CODE (v
->mult_val
) == CONST_INT
7953 && v
->mult_val
!= const0_rtx
7954 && ! v
->ignore
&& ! v
->maybe_dead
&& v
->always_computable
7956 && (GET_CODE (v
->add_val
) == SYMBOL_REF
7957 || GET_CODE (v
->add_val
) == LABEL_REF
7958 || GET_CODE (v
->add_val
) == CONST
7959 || (GET_CODE (v
->add_val
) == REG
7960 && REG_POINTER (v
->add_val
))))
7962 if (! biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (bl
->biv
, v
, insn
))
7968 /* If the giv has the opposite direction of change,
7969 then reverse the comparison. */
7970 if (INTVAL (v
->mult_val
) < 0)
7971 new = gen_rtx_COMPARE (VOIDmode
, copy_rtx (v
->add_val
),
7974 new = gen_rtx_COMPARE (VOIDmode
, v
->new_reg
,
7975 copy_rtx (v
->add_val
));
7977 /* Replace biv with the giv's reduced register. */
7978 update_reg_last_use (v
->add_val
, insn
);
7979 if (validate_change (insn
, &SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn
)), new, 0))
7982 /* Insn doesn't support that constant or invariant. Copy it
7983 into a register (it will be a loop invariant.) */
7984 tem
= gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (v
->new_reg
));
7986 loop_insn_emit_before (loop
, 0, where_insn
,
7988 copy_rtx (v
->add_val
)));
7990 /* Substitute the new register for its invariant value in
7991 the compare expression. */
7992 XEXP (new, (INTVAL (v
->mult_val
) < 0) ? 0 : 1) = tem
;
7993 if (validate_change (insn
, &SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn
)), new, 0))
8002 case GT
: case GE
: case GTU
: case GEU
:
8003 case LT
: case LE
: case LTU
: case LEU
:
8004 /* See if either argument is the biv. */
8005 if (XEXP (x
, 0) == reg
)
8006 arg
= XEXP (x
, 1), arg_operand
= 1;
8007 else if (XEXP (x
, 1) == reg
)
8008 arg
= XEXP (x
, 0), arg_operand
= 0;
8012 if (CONSTANT_P (arg
))
8014 /* First try to replace with any giv that has constant positive
8015 mult_val and constant add_val. We might be able to support
8016 negative mult_val, but it seems complex to do it in general. */
8018 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
8019 if (GET_CODE (v
->mult_val
) == CONST_INT
8020 && INTVAL (v
->mult_val
) > 0
8021 && (GET_CODE (v
->add_val
) == SYMBOL_REF
8022 || GET_CODE (v
->add_val
) == LABEL_REF
8023 || GET_CODE (v
->add_val
) == CONST
8024 || (GET_CODE (v
->add_val
) == REG
8025 && REG_POINTER (v
->add_val
)))
8026 && ! v
->ignore
&& ! v
->maybe_dead
&& v
->always_computable
8029 if (! biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (bl
->biv
, v
, insn
))
8035 /* Replace biv with the giv's reduced reg. */
8036 validate_change (insn
, &XEXP (x
, 1 - arg_operand
), v
->new_reg
, 1);
8038 /* If all constants are actually constant integers and
8039 the derived constant can be directly placed in the COMPARE,
8041 if (GET_CODE (arg
) == CONST_INT
8042 && GET_CODE (v
->mult_val
) == CONST_INT
8043 && GET_CODE (v
->add_val
) == CONST_INT
)
8045 validate_change (insn
, &XEXP (x
, arg_operand
),
8046 GEN_INT (INTVAL (arg
)
8047 * INTVAL (v
->mult_val
)
8048 + INTVAL (v
->add_val
)), 1);
8052 /* Otherwise, load it into a register. */
8053 tem
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
8054 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop
, arg
,
8055 v
->mult_val
, v
->add_val
,
8056 tem
, where_bb
, where_insn
);
8057 validate_change (insn
, &XEXP (x
, arg_operand
), tem
, 1);
8059 if (apply_change_group ())
8063 /* Look for giv with positive constant mult_val and nonconst add_val.
8064 Insert insns to calculate new compare value.
8065 ??? Turn this off due to possible overflow. */
8067 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
8068 if (GET_CODE (v
->mult_val
) == CONST_INT
8069 && INTVAL (v
->mult_val
) > 0
8070 && ! v
->ignore
&& ! v
->maybe_dead
&& v
->always_computable
8076 if (! biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (bl
->biv
, v
, insn
))
8082 tem
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
8084 /* Replace biv with giv's reduced register. */
8085 validate_change (insn
, &XEXP (x
, 1 - arg_operand
),
8088 /* Compute value to compare against. */
8089 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop
, arg
,
8090 v
->mult_val
, v
->add_val
,
8091 tem
, where_bb
, where_insn
);
8092 /* Use it in this insn. */
8093 validate_change (insn
, &XEXP (x
, arg_operand
), tem
, 1);
8094 if (apply_change_group ())
8098 else if (GET_CODE (arg
) == REG
|| GET_CODE (arg
) == MEM
)
8100 if (loop_invariant_p (loop
, arg
) == 1)
8102 /* Look for giv with constant positive mult_val and nonconst
8103 add_val. Insert insns to compute new compare value.
8104 ??? Turn this off due to possible overflow. */
8106 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
8107 if (GET_CODE (v
->mult_val
) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (v
->mult_val
) > 0
8108 && ! v
->ignore
&& ! v
->maybe_dead
&& v
->always_computable
8114 if (! biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (bl
->biv
, v
, insn
))
8120 tem
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
8122 /* Replace biv with giv's reduced register. */
8123 validate_change (insn
, &XEXP (x
, 1 - arg_operand
),
8126 /* Compute value to compare against. */
8127 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop
, arg
,
8128 v
->mult_val
, v
->add_val
,
8129 tem
, where_bb
, where_insn
);
8130 validate_change (insn
, &XEXP (x
, arg_operand
), tem
, 1);
8131 if (apply_change_group ())
8136 /* This code has problems. Basically, you can't know when
8137 seeing if we will eliminate BL, whether a particular giv
8138 of ARG will be reduced. If it isn't going to be reduced,
8139 we can't eliminate BL. We can try forcing it to be reduced,
8140 but that can generate poor code.
8142 The problem is that the benefit of reducing TV, below should
8143 be increased if BL can actually be eliminated, but this means
8144 we might have to do a topological sort of the order in which
8145 we try to process biv. It doesn't seem worthwhile to do
8146 this sort of thing now. */
8149 /* Otherwise the reg compared with had better be a biv. */
8150 if (GET_CODE (arg
) != REG
8151 || REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, REGNO (arg
)) != BASIC_INDUCT
)
8154 /* Look for a pair of givs, one for each biv,
8155 with identical coefficients. */
8156 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
8158 struct induction
*tv
;
8160 if (v
->ignore
|| v
->maybe_dead
|| v
->mode
!= mode
)
8163 for (tv
= REG_IV_CLASS (ivs
, REGNO (arg
))->giv
; tv
;
8165 if (! tv
->ignore
&& ! tv
->maybe_dead
8166 && rtx_equal_p (tv
->mult_val
, v
->mult_val
)
8167 && rtx_equal_p (tv
->add_val
, v
->add_val
)
8168 && tv
->mode
== mode
)
8170 if (! biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (bl
->biv
, v
, insn
))
8176 /* Replace biv with its giv's reduced reg. */
8177 XEXP (x
, 1 - arg_operand
) = v
->new_reg
;
8178 /* Replace other operand with the other giv's
8180 XEXP (x
, arg_operand
) = tv
->new_reg
;
8187 /* If we get here, the biv can't be eliminated. */
8191 /* If this address is a DEST_ADDR giv, it doesn't matter if the
8192 biv is used in it, since it will be replaced. */
8193 for (v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
)
8194 if (v
->giv_type
== DEST_ADDR
&& v
->location
== &XEXP (x
, 0))
8202 /* See if any subexpression fails elimination. */
8203 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
8204 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
8209 if (! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (loop
, XEXP (x
, i
), insn
, bl
,
8210 eliminate_p
, where_bb
, where_insn
))
8215 for (j
= XVECLEN (x
, i
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
8216 if (! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (loop
, XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
), insn
, bl
,
8217 eliminate_p
, where_bb
, where_insn
))
8226 /* Return nonzero if the last use of REG
8227 is in an insn following INSN in the same basic block. */
8230 last_use_this_basic_block (reg
, insn
)
8236 n
&& GET_CODE (n
) != CODE_LABEL
&& GET_CODE (n
) != JUMP_INSN
;
8239 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (reg
)) == INSN_UID (n
))
8245 /* Called via `note_stores' to record the initial value of a biv. Here we
8246 just record the location of the set and process it later. */
8249 record_initial (dest
, set
, data
)
8252 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
8254 struct loop_ivs
*ivs
= (struct loop_ivs
*) data
;
8255 struct iv_class
*bl
;
8257 if (GET_CODE (dest
) != REG
8258 || REGNO (dest
) >= ivs
->n_regs
8259 || REG_IV_TYPE (ivs
, REGNO (dest
)) != BASIC_INDUCT
)
8262 bl
= REG_IV_CLASS (ivs
, REGNO (dest
));
8264 /* If this is the first set found, record it. */
8265 if (bl
->init_insn
== 0)
8267 bl
->init_insn
= note_insn
;
8272 /* If any of the registers in X are "old" and currently have a last use earlier
8273 than INSN, update them to have a last use of INSN. Their actual last use
8274 will be the previous insn but it will not have a valid uid_luid so we can't
8275 use it. X must be a source expression only. */
8278 update_reg_last_use (x
, insn
)
8282 /* Check for the case where INSN does not have a valid luid. In this case,
8283 there is no need to modify the regno_last_uid, as this can only happen
8284 when code is inserted after the loop_end to set a pseudo's final value,
8285 and hence this insn will never be the last use of x.
8286 ???? This comment is not correct. See for example loop_givs_reduce.
8287 This may insert an insn before another new insn. */
8288 if (GET_CODE (x
) == REG
&& REGNO (x
) < max_reg_before_loop
8289 && INSN_UID (insn
) < max_uid_for_loop
8290 && REGNO_LAST_LUID (REGNO (x
)) < INSN_LUID (insn
))
8292 REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (x
)) = INSN_UID (insn
);
8297 register const char *fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x
));
8298 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x
)) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
8301 update_reg_last_use (XEXP (x
, i
), insn
);
8302 else if (fmt
[i
] == 'E')
8303 for (j
= XVECLEN (x
, i
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
8304 update_reg_last_use (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
), insn
);
8309 /* Given an insn INSN and condition COND, return the condition in a
8310 canonical form to simplify testing by callers. Specifically:
8312 (1) The code will always be a comparison operation (EQ, NE, GT, etc.).
8313 (2) Both operands will be machine operands; (cc0) will have been replaced.
8314 (3) If an operand is a constant, it will be the second operand.
8315 (4) (LE x const) will be replaced with (LT x <const+1>) and similarly
8316 for GE, GEU, and LEU.
8318 If the condition cannot be understood, or is an inequality floating-point
8319 comparison which needs to be reversed, 0 will be returned.
8321 If REVERSE is non-zero, then reverse the condition prior to canonizing it.
8323 If EARLIEST is non-zero, it is a pointer to a place where the earliest
8324 insn used in locating the condition was found. If a replacement test
8325 of the condition is desired, it should be placed in front of that
8326 insn and we will be sure that the inputs are still valid.
8328 If WANT_REG is non-zero, we wish the condition to be relative to that
8329 register, if possible. Therefore, do not canonicalize the condition
8333 canonicalize_condition (insn
, cond
, reverse
, earliest
, want_reg
)
8345 int reverse_code
= 0;
8346 enum machine_mode mode
;
8348 code
= GET_CODE (cond
);
8349 mode
= GET_MODE (cond
);
8350 op0
= XEXP (cond
, 0);
8351 op1
= XEXP (cond
, 1);
8354 code
= reversed_comparison_code (cond
, insn
);
8355 if (code
== UNKNOWN
)
8361 /* If we are comparing a register with zero, see if the register is set
8362 in the previous insn to a COMPARE or a comparison operation. Perform
8363 the same tests as a function of STORE_FLAG_VALUE as find_comparison_args
8366 while (GET_RTX_CLASS (code
) == '<'
8367 && op1
== CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (op0
))
8370 /* Set non-zero when we find something of interest. */
8374 /* If comparison with cc0, import actual comparison from compare
8378 if ((prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (prev
)) == 0
8379 || GET_CODE (prev
) != INSN
8380 || (set
= single_set (prev
)) == 0
8381 || SET_DEST (set
) != cc0_rtx
)
8384 op0
= SET_SRC (set
);
8385 op1
= CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (op0
));
8391 /* If this is a COMPARE, pick up the two things being compared. */
8392 if (GET_CODE (op0
) == COMPARE
)
8394 op1
= XEXP (op0
, 1);
8395 op0
= XEXP (op0
, 0);
8398 else if (GET_CODE (op0
) != REG
)
8401 /* Go back to the previous insn. Stop if it is not an INSN. We also
8402 stop if it isn't a single set or if it has a REG_INC note because
8403 we don't want to bother dealing with it. */
8405 if ((prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (prev
)) == 0
8406 || GET_CODE (prev
) != INSN
8407 || FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (prev
, 0))
8410 set
= set_of (op0
, prev
);
8413 && (GET_CODE (set
) != SET
8414 || !rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set
), op0
)))
8417 /* If this is setting OP0, get what it sets it to if it looks
8421 enum machine_mode inner_mode
= GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set
));
8423 /* ??? We may not combine comparisons done in a CCmode with
8424 comparisons not done in a CCmode. This is to aid targets
8425 like Alpha that have an IEEE compliant EQ instruction, and
8426 a non-IEEE compliant BEQ instruction. The use of CCmode is
8427 actually artificial, simply to prevent the combination, but
8428 should not affect other platforms.
8430 However, we must allow VOIDmode comparisons to match either
8431 CCmode or non-CCmode comparison, because some ports have
8432 modeless comparisons inside branch patterns.
8434 ??? This mode check should perhaps look more like the mode check
8435 in simplify_comparison in combine. */
8437 if ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set
)) == COMPARE
8440 && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode
) == MODE_INT
8441 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode
)
8442 <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
8443 && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
8444 & ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1
8445 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode
) - 1))))
8446 #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
8448 && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
8449 && (REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE
8450 (FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (inner_mode
))))
8453 && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set
))) == '<'))
8454 && (((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_CC
)
8455 == (GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode
) == MODE_CC
))
8456 || mode
== VOIDmode
|| inner_mode
== VOIDmode
))
8458 else if (((code
== EQ
8460 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode
)
8461 <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
8462 && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode
) == MODE_INT
8463 && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
8464 & ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1
8465 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode
) - 1))))
8466 #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
8468 && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
8469 && (REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE
8470 (FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (inner_mode
))))
8473 && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set
))) == '<'
8474 && (((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_CC
)
8475 == (GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode
) == MODE_CC
))
8476 || mode
== VOIDmode
|| inner_mode
== VOIDmode
))
8486 else if (reg_set_p (op0
, prev
))
8487 /* If this sets OP0, but not directly, we have to give up. */
8492 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x
)) == '<')
8493 code
= GET_CODE (x
);
8496 code
= reversed_comparison_code (x
, prev
);
8497 if (code
== UNKNOWN
)
8502 op0
= XEXP (x
, 0), op1
= XEXP (x
, 1);
8508 /* If constant is first, put it last. */
8509 if (CONSTANT_P (op0
))
8510 code
= swap_condition (code
), tem
= op0
, op0
= op1
, op1
= tem
;
8512 /* If OP0 is the result of a comparison, we weren't able to find what
8513 was really being compared, so fail. */
8514 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0
)) == MODE_CC
)
8517 /* Canonicalize any ordered comparison with integers involving equality
8518 if we can do computations in the relevant mode and we do not
8521 if (GET_CODE (op1
) == CONST_INT
8522 && GET_MODE (op0
) != VOIDmode
8523 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0
)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
8525 HOST_WIDE_INT const_val
= INTVAL (op1
);
8526 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT uconst_val
= const_val
;
8527 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_val
8528 = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0
));
8533 if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) const_val
!= max_val
>> 1)
8534 code
= LT
, op1
= GEN_INT (const_val
+ 1);
8537 /* When cross-compiling, const_val might be sign-extended from
8538 BITS_PER_WORD to HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT */
8540 if ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) (const_val
& max_val
)
8541 != (((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1
8542 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0
)) - 1))))
8543 code
= GT
, op1
= GEN_INT (const_val
- 1);
8547 if (uconst_val
< max_val
)
8548 code
= LTU
, op1
= GEN_INT (uconst_val
+ 1);
8552 if (uconst_val
!= 0)
8553 code
= GTU
, op1
= GEN_INT (uconst_val
- 1);
8562 /* Never return CC0; return zero instead. */
8567 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, VOIDmode
, op0
, op1
);
8570 /* Given a jump insn JUMP, return the condition that will cause it to branch
8571 to its JUMP_LABEL. If the condition cannot be understood, or is an
8572 inequality floating-point comparison which needs to be reversed, 0 will
8575 If EARLIEST is non-zero, it is a pointer to a place where the earliest
8576 insn used in locating the condition was found. If a replacement test
8577 of the condition is desired, it should be placed in front of that
8578 insn and we will be sure that the inputs are still valid. */
8581 get_condition (jump
, earliest
)
8589 /* If this is not a standard conditional jump, we can't parse it. */
8590 if (GET_CODE (jump
) != JUMP_INSN
8591 || ! any_condjump_p (jump
))
8593 set
= pc_set (jump
);
8595 cond
= XEXP (SET_SRC (set
), 0);
8597 /* If this branches to JUMP_LABEL when the condition is false, reverse
8600 = GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (set
), 2)) == LABEL_REF
8601 && XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (set
), 2), 0) == JUMP_LABEL (jump
);
8603 return canonicalize_condition (jump
, cond
, reverse
, earliest
, NULL_RTX
);
8606 /* Similar to above routine, except that we also put an invariant last
8607 unless both operands are invariants. */
8610 get_condition_for_loop (loop
, x
)
8611 const struct loop
*loop
;
8614 rtx comparison
= get_condition (x
, (rtx
*)0);
8617 || ! loop_invariant_p (loop
, XEXP (comparison
, 0))
8618 || loop_invariant_p (loop
, XEXP (comparison
, 1)))
8621 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (swap_condition (GET_CODE (comparison
)), VOIDmode
,
8622 XEXP (comparison
, 1), XEXP (comparison
, 0));
8625 /* Scan the function and determine whether it has indirect (computed) jumps.
8627 This is taken mostly from flow.c; similar code exists elsewhere
8628 in the compiler. It may be useful to put this into rtlanal.c. */
8630 indirect_jump_in_function_p (start
)
8635 for (insn
= start
; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
8636 if (computed_jump_p (insn
))
8642 /* Add MEM to the LOOP_MEMS array, if appropriate. See the
8643 documentation for LOOP_MEMS for the definition of `appropriate'.
8644 This function is called from prescan_loop via for_each_rtx. */
8647 insert_loop_mem (mem
, data
)
8649 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
8651 struct loop_info
*loop_info
= data
;
8658 switch (GET_CODE (m
))
8664 /* We're not interested in MEMs that are only clobbered. */
8668 /* We're not interested in the MEM associated with a
8669 CONST_DOUBLE, so there's no need to traverse into this. */
8673 /* We're not interested in any MEMs that only appear in notes. */
8677 /* This is not a MEM. */
8681 /* See if we've already seen this MEM. */
8682 for (i
= 0; i
< loop_info
->mems_idx
; ++i
)
8683 if (rtx_equal_p (m
, loop_info
->mems
[i
].mem
))
8685 if (GET_MODE (m
) != GET_MODE (loop_info
->mems
[i
].mem
))
8686 /* The modes of the two memory accesses are different. If
8687 this happens, something tricky is going on, and we just
8688 don't optimize accesses to this MEM. */
8689 loop_info
->mems
[i
].optimize
= 0;
8694 /* Resize the array, if necessary. */
8695 if (loop_info
->mems_idx
== loop_info
->mems_allocated
)
8697 if (loop_info
->mems_allocated
!= 0)
8698 loop_info
->mems_allocated
*= 2;
8700 loop_info
->mems_allocated
= 32;
8702 loop_info
->mems
= (loop_mem_info
*)
8703 xrealloc (loop_info
->mems
,
8704 loop_info
->mems_allocated
* sizeof (loop_mem_info
));
8707 /* Actually insert the MEM. */
8708 loop_info
->mems
[loop_info
->mems_idx
].mem
= m
;
8709 /* We can't hoist this MEM out of the loop if it's a BLKmode MEM
8710 because we can't put it in a register. We still store it in the
8711 table, though, so that if we see the same address later, but in a
8712 non-BLK mode, we'll not think we can optimize it at that point. */
8713 loop_info
->mems
[loop_info
->mems_idx
].optimize
= (GET_MODE (m
) != BLKmode
);
8714 loop_info
->mems
[loop_info
->mems_idx
].reg
= NULL_RTX
;
8715 ++loop_info
->mems_idx
;
8721 /* Allocate REGS->ARRAY or reallocate it if it is too small.
8723 Increment REGS->ARRAY[I].SET_IN_LOOP at the index I of each
8724 register that is modified by an insn between FROM and TO. If the
8725 value of an element of REGS->array[I].SET_IN_LOOP becomes 127 or
8726 more, stop incrementing it, to avoid overflow.
8728 Store in REGS->ARRAY[I].SINGLE_USAGE the single insn in which
8729 register I is used, if it is only used once. Otherwise, it is set
8730 to 0 (for no uses) or const0_rtx for more than one use. This
8731 parameter may be zero, in which case this processing is not done.
8733 Set REGS->ARRAY[I].MAY_NOT_OPTIMIZE nonzero if we should not
8734 optimize register I. */
8737 loop_regs_scan (loop
, extra_size
)
8738 const struct loop
*loop
;
8741 struct loop_regs
*regs
= LOOP_REGS (loop
);
8743 /* last_set[n] is nonzero iff reg n has been set in the current
8744 basic block. In that case, it is the insn that last set reg n. */
8749 old_nregs
= regs
->num
;
8750 regs
->num
= max_reg_num ();
8752 /* Grow the regs array if not allocated or too small. */
8753 if (regs
->num
>= regs
->size
)
8755 regs
->size
= regs
->num
+ extra_size
;
8757 regs
->array
= (struct loop_reg
*)
8758 xrealloc (regs
->array
, regs
->size
* sizeof (*regs
->array
));
8760 /* Zero the new elements. */
8761 memset (regs
->array
+ old_nregs
, 0,
8762 (regs
->size
- old_nregs
) * sizeof (*regs
->array
));
8765 /* Clear previously scanned fields but do not clear n_times_set. */
8766 for (i
= 0; i
< old_nregs
; i
++)
8768 regs
->array
[i
].set_in_loop
= 0;
8769 regs
->array
[i
].may_not_optimize
= 0;
8770 regs
->array
[i
].single_usage
= NULL_RTX
;
8773 last_set
= (rtx
*) xcalloc (regs
->num
, sizeof (rtx
));
8775 /* Scan the loop, recording register usage. */
8776 for (insn
= loop
->top
? loop
->top
: loop
->start
; insn
!= loop
->end
;
8777 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
8781 /* Record registers that have exactly one use. */
8782 find_single_use_in_loop (regs
, insn
, PATTERN (insn
));
8784 /* Include uses in REG_EQUAL notes. */
8785 if (REG_NOTES (insn
))
8786 find_single_use_in_loop (regs
, insn
, REG_NOTES (insn
));
8788 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
8789 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == CLOBBER
)
8790 count_one_set (regs
, insn
, PATTERN (insn
), last_set
);
8791 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
)
8794 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
8795 count_one_set (regs
, insn
, XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
8800 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
|| GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
)
8801 memset (last_set
, 0, regs
->num
* sizeof (rtx
));
8804 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
8806 regs
->array
[i
].may_not_optimize
= 1;
8807 regs
->array
[i
].set_in_loop
= 1;
8810 #ifdef AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
8811 /* Don't try to move insns which set CC registers if we should not
8812 create CCmode register copies. */
8813 for (i
= regs
->num
- 1; i
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
--)
8814 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx
[i
])) == MODE_CC
)
8815 regs
->array
[i
].may_not_optimize
= 1;
8818 /* Set regs->array[I].n_times_set for the new registers. */
8819 for (i
= old_nregs
; i
< regs
->num
; i
++)
8820 regs
->array
[i
].n_times_set
= regs
->array
[i
].set_in_loop
;
8825 /* Returns the number of real INSNs in the LOOP. */
8828 count_insns_in_loop (loop
)
8829 const struct loop
*loop
;
8834 for (insn
= loop
->top
? loop
->top
: loop
->start
; insn
!= loop
->end
;
8835 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
8842 /* Move MEMs into registers for the duration of the loop. */
8846 const struct loop
*loop
;
8848 struct loop_info
*loop_info
= LOOP_INFO (loop
);
8849 struct loop_regs
*regs
= LOOP_REGS (loop
);
8850 int maybe_never
= 0;
8852 rtx p
, prev_ebb_head
;
8853 rtx label
= NULL_RTX
;
8855 /* Nonzero if the next instruction may never be executed. */
8856 int next_maybe_never
= 0;
8857 unsigned int last_max_reg
= max_reg_num ();
8859 if (loop_info
->mems_idx
== 0)
8862 /* We cannot use next_label here because it skips over normal insns. */
8863 end_label
= next_nonnote_insn (loop
->end
);
8864 if (end_label
&& GET_CODE (end_label
) != CODE_LABEL
)
8865 end_label
= NULL_RTX
;
8867 /* Check to see if it's possible that some instructions in the loop are
8868 never executed. Also check if there is a goto out of the loop other
8869 than right after the end of the loop. */
8870 for (p
= next_insn_in_loop (loop
, loop
->scan_start
);
8872 p
= next_insn_in_loop (loop
, p
))
8874 if (GET_CODE (p
) == CODE_LABEL
)
8876 else if (GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
8877 /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan
8878 around to the beginning, don't set maybe_never
8879 for that. This must be an unconditional jump,
8880 otherwise the code at the top of the loop might
8881 never be executed. Unconditional jumps are
8882 followed a by barrier then loop end. */
8883 && ! (GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
8884 && JUMP_LABEL (p
) == loop
->top
8885 && NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p
)) == loop
->end
8886 && any_uncondjump_p (p
)))
8888 /* If this is a jump outside of the loop but not right
8889 after the end of the loop, we would have to emit new fixup
8890 sequences for each such label. */
8891 if (/* If we can't tell where control might go when this
8892 JUMP_INSN is executed, we must be conservative. */
8894 || (JUMP_LABEL (p
) != end_label
8895 && (INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p
)) >= max_uid_for_loop
8896 || INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p
)) < INSN_LUID (loop
->start
)
8897 || INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p
)) > INSN_LUID (loop
->end
))))
8900 if (!any_condjump_p (p
))
8901 /* Something complicated. */
8904 /* If there are any more instructions in the loop, they
8905 might not be reached. */
8906 next_maybe_never
= 1;
8908 else if (next_maybe_never
)
8912 /* Find start of the extended basic block that enters the loop. */
8913 for (p
= loop
->start
;
8914 PREV_INSN (p
) && GET_CODE (p
) != CODE_LABEL
;
8921 /* Build table of mems that get set to constant values before the
8923 for (; p
!= loop
->start
; p
= NEXT_INSN (p
))
8924 cselib_process_insn (p
);
8926 /* Actually move the MEMs. */
8927 for (i
= 0; i
< loop_info
->mems_idx
; ++i
)
8929 regset_head load_copies
;
8930 regset_head store_copies
;
8933 rtx mem
= loop_info
->mems
[i
].mem
;
8936 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem
)
8937 || loop_invariant_p (loop
, XEXP (mem
, 0)) != 1)
8938 /* There's no telling whether or not MEM is modified. */
8939 loop_info
->mems
[i
].optimize
= 0;
8941 /* Go through the MEMs written to in the loop to see if this
8942 one is aliased by one of them. */
8943 mem_list_entry
= loop_info
->store_mems
;
8944 while (mem_list_entry
)
8946 if (rtx_equal_p (mem
, XEXP (mem_list_entry
, 0)))
8948 else if (true_dependence (XEXP (mem_list_entry
, 0), VOIDmode
,
8951 /* MEM is indeed aliased by this store. */
8952 loop_info
->mems
[i
].optimize
= 0;
8955 mem_list_entry
= XEXP (mem_list_entry
, 1);
8958 if (flag_float_store
&& written
8959 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (mem
)) == MODE_FLOAT
)
8960 loop_info
->mems
[i
].optimize
= 0;
8962 /* If this MEM is written to, we must be sure that there
8963 are no reads from another MEM that aliases this one. */
8964 if (loop_info
->mems
[i
].optimize
&& written
)
8968 for (j
= 0; j
< loop_info
->mems_idx
; ++j
)
8972 else if (true_dependence (mem
,
8974 loop_info
->mems
[j
].mem
,
8977 /* It's not safe to hoist loop_info->mems[i] out of
8978 the loop because writes to it might not be
8979 seen by reads from loop_info->mems[j]. */
8980 loop_info
->mems
[i
].optimize
= 0;
8986 if (maybe_never
&& may_trap_p (mem
))
8987 /* We can't access the MEM outside the loop; it might
8988 cause a trap that wouldn't have happened otherwise. */
8989 loop_info
->mems
[i
].optimize
= 0;
8991 if (!loop_info
->mems
[i
].optimize
)
8992 /* We thought we were going to lift this MEM out of the
8993 loop, but later discovered that we could not. */
8996 INIT_REG_SET (&load_copies
);
8997 INIT_REG_SET (&store_copies
);
8999 /* Allocate a pseudo for this MEM. We set REG_USERVAR_P in
9000 order to keep scan_loop from moving stores to this MEM
9001 out of the loop just because this REG is neither a
9002 user-variable nor used in the loop test. */
9003 reg
= gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (mem
));
9004 REG_USERVAR_P (reg
) = 1;
9005 loop_info
->mems
[i
].reg
= reg
;
9007 /* Now, replace all references to the MEM with the
9008 corresponding pseudos. */
9010 for (p
= next_insn_in_loop (loop
, loop
->scan_start
);
9012 p
= next_insn_in_loop (loop
, p
))
9018 set
= single_set (p
);
9020 /* See if this copies the mem into a register that isn't
9021 modified afterwards. We'll try to do copy propagation
9022 a little further on. */
9024 /* @@@ This test is _way_ too conservative. */
9026 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
9027 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
9028 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set
)) < last_max_reg
9029 && regs
->array
[REGNO (SET_DEST (set
))].n_times_set
== 1
9030 && rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (set
), mem
))
9031 SET_REGNO_REG_SET (&load_copies
, REGNO (SET_DEST (set
)));
9033 /* See if this copies the mem from a register that isn't
9034 modified afterwards. We'll try to remove the
9035 redundant copy later on by doing a little register
9036 renaming and copy propagation. This will help
9037 to untangle things for the BIV detection code. */
9040 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set
)) == REG
9041 && REGNO (SET_SRC (set
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
9042 && REGNO (SET_SRC (set
)) < last_max_reg
9043 && regs
->array
[REGNO (SET_SRC (set
))].n_times_set
== 1
9044 && rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set
), mem
))
9045 SET_REGNO_REG_SET (&store_copies
, REGNO (SET_SRC (set
)));
9047 /* Replace the memory reference with the shadow register. */
9048 replace_loop_mems (p
, loop_info
->mems
[i
].mem
,
9049 loop_info
->mems
[i
].reg
);
9052 if (GET_CODE (p
) == CODE_LABEL
9053 || GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
)
9057 if (! apply_change_group ())
9058 /* We couldn't replace all occurrences of the MEM. */
9059 loop_info
->mems
[i
].optimize
= 0;
9062 /* Load the memory immediately before LOOP->START, which is
9063 the NOTE_LOOP_BEG. */
9064 cselib_val
*e
= cselib_lookup (mem
, VOIDmode
, 0);
9068 struct elt_loc_list
*const_equiv
= 0;
9072 struct elt_loc_list
*equiv
;
9073 struct elt_loc_list
*best_equiv
= 0;
9074 for (equiv
= e
->locs
; equiv
; equiv
= equiv
->next
)
9076 if (CONSTANT_P (equiv
->loc
))
9077 const_equiv
= equiv
;
9078 else if (GET_CODE (equiv
->loc
) == REG
9079 /* Extending hard register lifetimes causes crash
9080 on SRC targets. Doing so on non-SRC is
9081 probably also not good idea, since we most
9082 probably have pseudoregister equivalence as
9084 && REGNO (equiv
->loc
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
9087 /* Use the constant equivalence if that is cheap enough. */
9089 best_equiv
= const_equiv
;
9090 else if (const_equiv
9091 && (rtx_cost (const_equiv
->loc
, SET
)
9092 <= rtx_cost (best_equiv
->loc
, SET
)))
9094 best_equiv
= const_equiv
;
9098 /* If best_equiv is nonzero, we know that MEM is set to a
9099 constant or register before the loop. We will use this
9100 knowledge to initialize the shadow register with that
9101 constant or reg rather than by loading from MEM. */
9103 best
= copy_rtx (best_equiv
->loc
);
9106 set
= gen_move_insn (reg
, best
);
9107 set
= loop_insn_hoist (loop
, set
);
9110 for (p
= prev_ebb_head
; p
!= loop
->start
; p
= NEXT_INSN (p
))
9111 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (best
)) == INSN_UID (p
))
9113 REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (best
)) = INSN_UID (set
);
9119 REG_NOTES (set
) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUAL
,
9120 copy_rtx (const_equiv
->loc
),
9125 if (label
== NULL_RTX
)
9127 label
= gen_label_rtx ();
9128 emit_label_after (label
, loop
->end
);
9131 /* Store the memory immediately after END, which is
9132 the NOTE_LOOP_END. */
9133 set
= gen_move_insn (copy_rtx (mem
), reg
);
9134 loop_insn_emit_after (loop
, 0, label
, set
);
9137 if (loop_dump_stream
)
9139 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, "Hoisted regno %d %s from ",
9140 REGNO (reg
), (written
? "r/w" : "r/o"));
9141 print_rtl (loop_dump_stream
, mem
);
9142 fputc ('\n', loop_dump_stream
);
9145 /* Attempt a bit of copy propagation. This helps untangle the
9146 data flow, and enables {basic,general}_induction_var to find
9148 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
9149 (&load_copies
, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
, j
,
9151 try_copy_prop (loop
, reg
, j
);
9153 CLEAR_REG_SET (&load_copies
);
9155 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
9156 (&store_copies
, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
, j
,
9158 try_swap_copy_prop (loop
, reg
, j
);
9160 CLEAR_REG_SET (&store_copies
);
9164 if (label
!= NULL_RTX
&& end_label
!= NULL_RTX
)
9166 /* Now, we need to replace all references to the previous exit
9167 label with the new one. */
9172 for (p
= loop
->start
; p
!= loop
->end
; p
= NEXT_INSN (p
))
9174 for_each_rtx (&p
, replace_label
, &rr
);
9176 /* If this is a JUMP_INSN, then we also need to fix the JUMP_LABEL
9177 field. This is not handled by for_each_rtx because it doesn't
9178 handle unprinted ('0') fields. We need to update JUMP_LABEL
9179 because the immediately following unroll pass will use it.
9180 replace_label would not work anyways, because that only handles
9182 if (GET_CODE (p
) == JUMP_INSN
&& JUMP_LABEL (p
) == end_label
)
9183 JUMP_LABEL (p
) = label
;
9190 /* For communication between note_reg_stored and its caller. */
9191 struct note_reg_stored_arg
9197 /* Called via note_stores, record in SET_SEEN whether X, which is written,
9200 note_reg_stored (x
, setter
, arg
)
9201 rtx x
, setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
9204 struct note_reg_stored_arg
*t
= (struct note_reg_stored_arg
*) arg
;
9209 /* Try to replace every occurrence of pseudo REGNO with REPLACEMENT.
9210 There must be exactly one insn that sets this pseudo; it will be
9211 deleted if all replacements succeed and we can prove that the register
9212 is not used after the loop. */
9215 try_copy_prop (loop
, replacement
, regno
)
9216 const struct loop
*loop
;
9220 /* This is the reg that we are copying from. */
9221 rtx reg_rtx
= regno_reg_rtx
[regno
];
9224 /* These help keep track of whether we replaced all uses of the reg. */
9225 int replaced_last
= 0;
9226 int store_is_first
= 0;
9228 for (insn
= next_insn_in_loop (loop
, loop
->scan_start
);
9230 insn
= next_insn_in_loop (loop
, insn
))
9234 /* Only substitute within one extended basic block from the initializing
9236 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
&& init_insn
)
9239 if (! INSN_P (insn
))
9242 /* Is this the initializing insn? */
9243 set
= single_set (insn
);
9245 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
9246 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set
)) == regno
)
9252 if (REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno
) == INSN_UID (insn
))
9256 /* Only substitute after seeing the initializing insn. */
9257 if (init_insn
&& insn
!= init_insn
)
9259 struct note_reg_stored_arg arg
;
9261 replace_loop_regs (insn
, reg_rtx
, replacement
);
9262 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (regno
) == INSN_UID (insn
))
9265 /* Stop replacing when REPLACEMENT is modified. */
9266 arg
.reg
= replacement
;
9268 note_stores (PATTERN (insn
), note_reg_stored
, &arg
);
9275 if (apply_change_group ())
9277 if (loop_dump_stream
)
9278 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, " Replaced reg %d", regno
);
9279 if (store_is_first
&& replaced_last
)
9284 /* Assume we're just deleting INIT_INSN. */
9286 /* Look for REG_RETVAL note. If we're deleting the end of
9287 the libcall sequence, the whole sequence can go. */
9288 retval_note
= find_reg_note (init_insn
, REG_RETVAL
, NULL_RTX
);
9289 /* If we found a REG_RETVAL note, find the first instruction
9292 first
= XEXP (retval_note
, 0);
9294 /* Delete the instructions. */
9295 loop_delete_insns (first
, init_insn
);
9297 if (loop_dump_stream
)
9298 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, ".\n");
9302 /* Replace all the instructions from FIRST up to and including LAST
9303 with NOTE_INSN_DELETED notes. */
9306 loop_delete_insns (first
, last
)
9312 PUT_CODE (first
, NOTE
);
9313 NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (first
) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED
;
9314 if (loop_dump_stream
)
9315 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
, ", deleting init_insn (%d)",
9318 /* If this was the LAST instructions we're supposed to delete,
9323 first
= NEXT_INSN (first
);
9327 /* Try to replace occurrences of pseudo REGNO with REPLACEMENT within
9328 loop LOOP if the order of the sets of these registers can be
9329 swapped. There must be exactly one insn within the loop that sets
9330 this pseudo followed immediately by a move insn that sets
9331 REPLACEMENT with REGNO. */
9333 try_swap_copy_prop (loop
, replacement
, regno
)
9334 const struct loop
*loop
;
9340 unsigned int new_regno
;
9342 new_regno
= REGNO (replacement
);
9344 for (insn
= next_insn_in_loop (loop
, loop
->scan_start
);
9346 insn
= next_insn_in_loop (loop
, insn
))
9348 /* Search for the insn that copies REGNO to NEW_REGNO? */
9350 && (set
= single_set (insn
))
9351 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set
)) == REG
9352 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set
)) == new_regno
9353 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set
)) == REG
9354 && REGNO (SET_SRC (set
)) == regno
)
9358 if (insn
!= NULL_RTX
)
9363 /* Some DEF-USE info would come in handy here to make this
9364 function more general. For now, just check the previous insn
9365 which is the most likely candidate for setting REGNO. */
9367 prev_insn
= PREV_INSN (insn
);
9370 && (prev_set
= single_set (prev_insn
))
9371 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (prev_set
)) == REG
9372 && REGNO (SET_DEST (prev_set
)) == regno
)
9375 (set (reg regno) (expr))
9376 (set (reg new_regno) (reg regno))
9378 so try converting this to:
9379 (set (reg new_regno) (expr))
9380 (set (reg regno) (reg new_regno))
9382 The former construct is often generated when a global
9383 variable used for an induction variable is shadowed by a
9384 register (NEW_REGNO). The latter construct improves the
9385 chances of GIV replacement and BIV elimination. */
9387 validate_change (prev_insn
, &SET_DEST (prev_set
),
9389 validate_change (insn
, &SET_DEST (set
),
9391 validate_change (insn
, &SET_SRC (set
),
9394 if (apply_change_group ())
9396 if (loop_dump_stream
)
9397 fprintf (loop_dump_stream
,
9398 " Swapped set of reg %d at %d with reg %d at %d.\n",
9399 regno
, INSN_UID (insn
),
9400 new_regno
, INSN_UID (prev_insn
));
9402 /* Update first use of REGNO. */
9403 if (REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno
) == INSN_UID (prev_insn
))
9404 REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno
) = INSN_UID (insn
);
9406 /* Now perform copy propagation to hopefully
9407 remove all uses of REGNO within the loop. */
9408 try_copy_prop (loop
, replacement
, regno
);
9414 /* Replace MEM with its associated pseudo register. This function is
9415 called from load_mems via for_each_rtx. DATA is actually a pointer
9416 to a structure describing the instruction currently being scanned
9417 and the MEM we are currently replacing. */
9420 replace_loop_mem (mem
, data
)
9424 loop_replace_args
*args
= (loop_replace_args
*) data
;
9430 switch (GET_CODE (m
))
9436 /* We're not interested in the MEM associated with a
9437 CONST_DOUBLE, so there's no need to traverse into one. */
9441 /* This is not a MEM. */
9445 if (!rtx_equal_p (args
->match
, m
))
9446 /* This is not the MEM we are currently replacing. */
9449 /* Actually replace the MEM. */
9450 validate_change (args
->insn
, mem
, args
->replacement
, 1);
9456 replace_loop_mems (insn
, mem
, reg
)
9461 loop_replace_args args
;
9465 args
.replacement
= reg
;
9467 for_each_rtx (&insn
, replace_loop_mem
, &args
);
9470 /* Replace one register with another. Called through for_each_rtx; PX points
9471 to the rtx being scanned. DATA is actually a pointer to
9472 a structure of arguments. */
9475 replace_loop_reg (px
, data
)
9480 loop_replace_args
*args
= (loop_replace_args
*) data
;
9485 if (x
== args
->match
)
9486 validate_change (args
->insn
, px
, args
->replacement
, 1);
9492 replace_loop_regs (insn
, reg
, replacement
)
9497 loop_replace_args args
;
9501 args
.replacement
= replacement
;
9503 for_each_rtx (&insn
, replace_loop_reg
, &args
);
9506 /* Replace occurrences of the old exit label for the loop with the new
9507 one. DATA is an rtx_pair containing the old and new labels,
9511 replace_label (x
, data
)
9516 rtx old_label
= ((rtx_pair
*) data
)->r1
;
9517 rtx new_label
= ((rtx_pair
*) data
)->r2
;
9522 if (GET_CODE (l
) != LABEL_REF
)
9525 if (XEXP (l
, 0) != old_label
)
9528 XEXP (l
, 0) = new_label
;
9529 ++LABEL_NUSES (new_label
);
9530 --LABEL_NUSES (old_label
);
9535 /* Emit insn for PATTERN after WHERE_INSN in basic block WHERE_BB
9536 (ignored in the interim). */
9539 loop_insn_emit_after (loop
, where_bb
, where_insn
, pattern
)
9540 const struct loop
*loop ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
9541 basic_block where_bb ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
9545 return emit_insn_after (pattern
, where_insn
);
9549 /* If WHERE_INSN is non-zero emit insn for PATTERN before WHERE_INSN
9550 in basic block WHERE_BB (ignored in the interim) within the loop
9551 otherwise hoist PATTERN into the loop pre-header. */
9554 loop_insn_emit_before (loop
, where_bb
, where_insn
, pattern
)
9555 const struct loop
*loop
;
9556 basic_block where_bb ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
9561 return loop_insn_hoist (loop
, pattern
);
9562 return emit_insn_before (pattern
, where_insn
);
9566 /* Emit call insn for PATTERN before WHERE_INSN in basic block
9567 WHERE_BB (ignored in the interim) within the loop. */
9570 loop_call_insn_emit_before (loop
, where_bb
, where_insn
, pattern
)
9571 const struct loop
*loop ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
9572 basic_block where_bb ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
9576 return emit_call_insn_before (pattern
, where_insn
);
9580 /* Hoist insn for PATTERN into the loop pre-header. */
9583 loop_insn_hoist (loop
, pattern
)
9584 const struct loop
*loop
;
9587 return loop_insn_emit_before (loop
, 0, loop
->start
, pattern
);
9591 /* Hoist call insn for PATTERN into the loop pre-header. */
9594 loop_call_insn_hoist (loop
, pattern
)
9595 const struct loop
*loop
;
9598 return loop_call_insn_emit_before (loop
, 0, loop
->start
, pattern
);
9602 /* Sink insn for PATTERN after the loop end. */
9605 loop_insn_sink (loop
, pattern
)
9606 const struct loop
*loop
;
9609 return loop_insn_emit_before (loop
, 0, loop
->sink
, pattern
);
9613 /* If the loop has multiple exits, emit insn for PATTERN before the
9614 loop to ensure that it will always be executed no matter how the
9615 loop exits. Otherwise, emit the insn for PATTERN after the loop,
9616 since this is slightly more efficient. */
9619 loop_insn_sink_or_swim (loop
, pattern
)
9620 const struct loop
*loop
;
9623 if (loop
->exit_count
)
9624 return loop_insn_hoist (loop
, pattern
);
9626 return loop_insn_sink (loop
, pattern
);
9630 loop_ivs_dump (loop
, file
, verbose
)
9631 const struct loop
*loop
;
9635 struct iv_class
*bl
;
9638 if (! loop
|| ! file
)
9641 for (bl
= LOOP_IVS (loop
)->list
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9644 fprintf (file
, "Loop %d: %d IV classes\n", loop
->num
, iv_num
);
9646 for (bl
= LOOP_IVS (loop
)->list
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9648 loop_iv_class_dump (bl
, file
, verbose
);
9655 loop_iv_class_dump (bl
, file
, verbose
)
9656 const struct iv_class
*bl
;
9658 int verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
9660 struct induction
*v
;
9667 fprintf (file
, "IV class for reg %d, benefit %d\n",
9668 bl
->regno
, bl
->total_benefit
);
9670 fprintf (file
, " Init insn %d", INSN_UID (bl
->init_insn
));
9671 if (bl
->initial_value
)
9673 fprintf (file
, ", init val: ");
9674 print_simple_rtl (file
, bl
->initial_value
);
9676 if (bl
->initial_test
)
9678 fprintf (file
, ", init test: ");
9679 print_simple_rtl (file
, bl
->initial_test
);
9683 if (bl
->final_value
)
9685 fprintf (file
, " Final val: ");
9686 print_simple_rtl (file
, bl
->final_value
);
9690 if ((incr
= biv_total_increment (bl
)))
9692 fprintf (file
, " Total increment: ");
9693 print_simple_rtl (file
, incr
);
9697 /* List the increments. */
9698 for (i
= 0, v
= bl
->biv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
, i
++)
9700 fprintf (file
, " Inc%d: insn %d, incr: ", i
, INSN_UID (v
->insn
));
9701 print_simple_rtl (file
, v
->add_val
);
9705 /* List the givs. */
9706 for (i
= 0, v
= bl
->giv
; v
; v
= v
->next_iv
, i
++)
9708 fprintf (file
, " Giv%d: insn %d, benefit %d, ",
9709 i
, INSN_UID (v
->insn
), v
->benefit
);
9710 if (v
->giv_type
== DEST_ADDR
)
9711 print_simple_rtl (file
, v
->mem
);
9713 print_simple_rtl (file
, single_set (v
->insn
));
9720 loop_biv_dump (v
, file
, verbose
)
9721 const struct induction
*v
;
9730 REGNO (v
->dest_reg
), INSN_UID (v
->insn
));
9731 fprintf (file
, " const ");
9732 print_simple_rtl (file
, v
->add_val
);
9734 if (verbose
&& v
->final_value
)
9737 fprintf (file
, " final ");
9738 print_simple_rtl (file
, v
->final_value
);
9746 loop_giv_dump (v
, file
, verbose
)
9747 const struct induction
*v
;
9754 if (v
->giv_type
== DEST_REG
)
9755 fprintf (file
, "Giv %d: insn %d",
9756 REGNO (v
->dest_reg
), INSN_UID (v
->insn
));
9758 fprintf (file
, "Dest address: insn %d",
9759 INSN_UID (v
->insn
));
9761 fprintf (file
, " src reg %d benefit %d",
9762 REGNO (v
->src_reg
), v
->benefit
);
9763 fprintf (file
, " lifetime %d",
9767 fprintf (file
, " replaceable");
9769 if (v
->no_const_addval
)
9770 fprintf (file
, " ncav");
9772 if (v
->ext_dependant
)
9774 switch (GET_CODE (v
->ext_dependant
))
9777 fprintf (file
, " ext se");
9780 fprintf (file
, " ext ze");
9783 fprintf (file
, " ext tr");
9791 fprintf (file
, " mult ");
9792 print_simple_rtl (file
, v
->mult_val
);
9795 fprintf (file
, " add ");
9796 print_simple_rtl (file
, v
->add_val
);
9798 if (verbose
&& v
->final_value
)
9801 fprintf (file
, " final ");
9802 print_simple_rtl (file
, v
->final_value
);
9811 const struct loop
*loop
;
9813 loop_ivs_dump (loop
, stderr
, 1);
9819 const struct iv_class
*bl
;
9821 loop_iv_class_dump (bl
, stderr
, 1);
9827 const struct induction
*v
;
9829 loop_biv_dump (v
, stderr
, 1);
9835 const struct induction
*v
;
9837 loop_giv_dump (v
, stderr
, 1);
9841 #define LOOP_BLOCK_NUM_1(INSN) \
9842 ((INSN) ? (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (INSN) ? BLOCK_NUM (INSN) : - 1) : -1)
9844 /* The notes do not have an assigned block, so look at the next insn. */
9845 #define LOOP_BLOCK_NUM(INSN) \
9846 ((INSN) ? (GET_CODE (INSN) == NOTE \
9847 ? LOOP_BLOCK_NUM_1 (next_nonnote_insn (INSN)) \
9848 : LOOP_BLOCK_NUM_1 (INSN)) \
9851 #define LOOP_INSN_UID(INSN) ((INSN) ? INSN_UID (INSN) : -1)
9854 loop_dump_aux (loop
, file
, verbose
)
9855 const struct loop
*loop
;
9857 int verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
9861 if (! loop
|| ! file
)
9864 /* Print diagnostics to compare our concept of a loop with
9865 what the loop notes say. */
9866 if (! PREV_INSN (loop
->first
->head
)
9867 || GET_CODE (PREV_INSN (loop
->first
->head
)) != NOTE
9868 || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (PREV_INSN (loop
->first
->head
))
9869 != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
)
9870 fprintf (file
, ";; No NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG at %d\n",
9871 INSN_UID (PREV_INSN (loop
->first
->head
)));
9872 if (! NEXT_INSN (loop
->last
->end
)
9873 || GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (loop
->last
->end
)) != NOTE
9874 || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (NEXT_INSN (loop
->last
->end
))
9875 != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END
)
9876 fprintf (file
, ";; No NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END at %d\n",
9877 INSN_UID (NEXT_INSN (loop
->last
->end
)));
9882 ";; start %d (%d), cont dom %d (%d), cont %d (%d), vtop %d (%d), end %d (%d)\n",
9883 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop
->start
),
9884 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop
->start
),
9885 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop
->cont
),
9886 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop
->cont
),
9887 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop
->cont
),
9888 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop
->cont
),
9889 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop
->vtop
),
9890 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop
->vtop
),
9891 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop
->end
),
9892 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop
->end
));
9893 fprintf (file
, ";; top %d (%d), scan start %d (%d)\n",
9894 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop
->top
),
9895 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop
->top
),
9896 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop
->scan_start
),
9897 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop
->scan_start
));
9898 fprintf (file
, ";; exit_count %d", loop
->exit_count
);
9899 if (loop
->exit_count
)
9901 fputs (", labels:", file
);
9902 for (label
= loop
->exit_labels
; label
; label
= LABEL_NEXTREF (label
))
9904 fprintf (file
, " %d ",
9905 LOOP_INSN_UID (XEXP (label
, 0)));
9910 /* This can happen when a marked loop appears as two nested loops,
9911 say from while (a || b) {}. The inner loop won't match
9912 the loop markers but the outer one will. */
9913 if (LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop
->cont
) != loop
->latch
->index
)
9914 fprintf (file
, ";; NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT not in loop latch\n");
9918 /* Call this function from the debugger to dump LOOP. */
9922 const struct loop
*loop
;
9924 flow_loop_dump (loop
, stderr
, loop_dump_aux
, 1);
9927 /* Call this function from the debugger to dump LOOPS. */
9931 const struct loops
*loops
;
9933 flow_loops_dump (loops
, stderr
, loop_dump_aux
, 1);